wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 120 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 121 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 122 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 123 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 124 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 125 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 126 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 127 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 128 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 129 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 130 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 131 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 132 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 133 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 134 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 135 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 136 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 137 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 138 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 139 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 140 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 141 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 142 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 143 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 144 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 145 OK = _core_.OK
 146 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 147 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 148 YES = _core_.YES
 149 NO = _core_.NO
 150 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 151 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 152 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 153 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 154 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 155 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 156 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 157 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 158 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 159 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 160 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 161 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 162 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 163 RESET = _core_.RESET
 164 HELP = _core_.HELP
 165 MORE = _core_.MORE
 166 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 167 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 168 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 169 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 170 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 171 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 172 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 173 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 174 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 175 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 179 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 180 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 181 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 182 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 183 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 184 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 185 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 186 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 187 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 188 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 189 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 190 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 191 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 192 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 193 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 194 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 195 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 196 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 197 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 198 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 199 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 200 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 201 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 202 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 203 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 204 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 205 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 206 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 207 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 208 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 209 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 210 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 211 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 212 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 213 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 214 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 215 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 216 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 217 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 218 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 219 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 220 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 221 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 223 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 226 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 227 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 228 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 229 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 230 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 231 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 232 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 233 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 234 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 235 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 236 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 237 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 238 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 239 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 240 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 241 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 242 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 243 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 244 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 245 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 246 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 247 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 248 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 249 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 250 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 251 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 252 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 253 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 254 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 255 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 256 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 257 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 258 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 259 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 260 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 261 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 262 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 263 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 264 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 265 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 268 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 269 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 270 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 271 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 272 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 273 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 274 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 275 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 276 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 277 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 278 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 279 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 280 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 281 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 282 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 283 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 284 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 285 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 286 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 287 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 288 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 289 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 290 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 291 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 292 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 293 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 294 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 295 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 296 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 297 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 298 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 299 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 300 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 301 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 302 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 303 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 304 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 305 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 306 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 307 UP = _core_.UP
 308 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 309 TOP = _core_.TOP
 310 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 311 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 312 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 313 WEST = _core_.WEST
 314 EAST = _core_.EAST
 315 ALL = _core_.ALL
 316 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 317 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 318 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 319 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 320 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 321 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 322 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 323 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 324 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 325 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 327 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 328 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 329 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 330 GROW = _core_.GROW
 331 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 332 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 333 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 334 TILE = _core_.TILE
 335 ADJUST_MINSIZE = 0
 336 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 337 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 338 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 339 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 340 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 341 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 342 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 343 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 344 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 345 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 346 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 347 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 348 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 349 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 350 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 351 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 352 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 353 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 354 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 355 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 356 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 357 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 358 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 359 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 360 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 361 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 362 DOT = _core_.DOT
 363 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 364 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 365 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 366 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 367 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 368 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 369 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 370 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 371 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 372 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 373 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 375 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 376 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 377 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 378 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 379 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 380 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 381 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 382 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 383 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 384 XOR = _core_.XOR
 385 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 386 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 387 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 388 COPY = _core_.COPY
 389 AND = _core_.AND
 390 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 391 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 392 NOR = _core_.NOR
 393 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 394 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 395 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 396 NAND = _core_.NAND
 397 OR = _core_.OR
 398 SET = _core_.SET
 399 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 400 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 401 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 402 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 403 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 404 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 405 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 406 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 407 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 408 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 409 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 410 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 411 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 412 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 413 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 414 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 415 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 416 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 417 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 418 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 419 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 420 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 421 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 422 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 423 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 424 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 425 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 426 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 427 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 428 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 429 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 430 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 431 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 432 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 433 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 434 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 435 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 436 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 437 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 438 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 439 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 440 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 441 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 442 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 443 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 444 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 445 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 446 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 447 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 448 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 449 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 450 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 451 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 452 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 453 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 454 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 455 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 456 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 457 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 458 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 459 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 460 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 461 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 462 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 463 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 464 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 465 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 466 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 467 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 468 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 469 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 470 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 471 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 472 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 473 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 474 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 475 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 476 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 498 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 499 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 500 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 501 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 502 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 503 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 504 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 505 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 506 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 507 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 508 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 509 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 510 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 511 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 512 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 513 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 514 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 515 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 516 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 517 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 518 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 519 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 520 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 521 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 522 WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP
 523 WXK_NEXT  = WXK_PAGEDOWN
 524 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 525 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT  = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 526
 527 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 528 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 529 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 530 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 531 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 532 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 533 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 534 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 535 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 536 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 537 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 538 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 539 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 540 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 541 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 542 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 543 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 544 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 545 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 546 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 547 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 548 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 549 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 550 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 551 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 552 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 553 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 554 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 555 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 556 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 557 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 558 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 559 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 560 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 561 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 562 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 563 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 564 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 565 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 566 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 570 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 571 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 572 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 573 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 574 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 575 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 576 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 580 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 583 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 584 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 585 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 587 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 589 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 592 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 593 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 595 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 596 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 598 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 600 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 601 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 616 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 619 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 620 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 621 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 622 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 623 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 624 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 625 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 626 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 627 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 628 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 629 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 630 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 631 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 644 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 645 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 646 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 647 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 648 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 649 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 650 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 651 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 652 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 653 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 662 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 663 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 665 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 667 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 668 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 669 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 670 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 671 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 672 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 673 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 674 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 675 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 676 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 677 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 678 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 679 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 680 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 681 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 682 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 683 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 684
 685 class Object(object):
 686     """
 687     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 688     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 689     """
 690     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 691     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 692     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 693     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 694         """
 695         GetClassName(self) -> String
 696
 697         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 698         """
 699         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 700
 701     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 702         """
 703         Destroy(self)
 704
 705         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 706         """
 707         args[0].this.own(False)
 708         return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 709
 710     def IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs):
 711         """
 712         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool
 713
 714         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method
 715         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data
 716         object.
 717         """
 718         return _core_.Object_IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs)
 719
 720     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 721 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 722 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 723 cvar = _core_.cvar
 724 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 725
 726 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 727
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 749 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 750 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 751 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 752 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 753 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 754 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 755 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 756 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 757 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 758 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 759 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 760 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 761 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 762 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 763 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 764 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 765 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 766 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 767 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 768 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 769 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 770 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 771 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 772 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 773 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 774 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 775 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 776 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 777 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 778 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 779 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 780 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 781
 782 class Size(object):
 783     """
 784     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 785     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 786     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 787     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 788     """
 789     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 790     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 791     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 792     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 793     x = width; y = height
 794     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 795         """
 796         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 797
 798         Creates a size object.
 799         """
 800         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 801     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 802     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 803     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 804         """
 805         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 806
 807         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 808         """
 809         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 810
 811     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 812         """
 813         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 814
 815         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 816         """
 817         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 818
 819     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 820         """
 821         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 822
 823         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 824         """
 825         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 826
 827     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 828         """
 829         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 830
 831         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 832         """
 833         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 834
 835     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 836         """
 837         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 838
 839         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 840         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 841         """
 842         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 843
 844     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 845         """
 846         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 847
 848         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 849         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 850         """
 851         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 852
 853     def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
 854         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 855         return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
 856
 857     def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
 858         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
 859         return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
 860
 861     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 862         """
 863         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 864
 865         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 866         """
 867         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 868
 869     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 870         """
 871         Set(self, int w, int h)
 872
 873         Set both width and height.
 874         """
 875         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 876
 877     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 878         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 879         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 880
 881     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 882         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 883         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 884
 885     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 886         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 887         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 888
 889     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 890         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 891         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 892
 893     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 894         """
 895         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 896
 897         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 898         """
 899         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 900
 901     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 902         """
 903         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 904
 905         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 906         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 907         """
 908         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 909
 910     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 911         """
 912         Get() -> (width,height)
 913
 914         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 915         """
 916         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 917
 918     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 919     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 920     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 921     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 922     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 923     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 924         if index == 0: self.width = val
 925         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 926         else: raise IndexError
 927     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 928     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 929     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 930
 931 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 932
 933 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 934
 935 class RealPoint(object):
 936     """
 937     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 938     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 939     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 940     """
 941     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 942     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 943     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 944     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 945     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 946         """
 947         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 948
 949         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 950         """
 951         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 952     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 953     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 954     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 955         """
 956         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 957
 958         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 959         """
 960         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 961
 962     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 963         """
 964         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 965
 966         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 967         """
 968         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 969
 970     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 971         """
 972         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 973
 974         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 975         """
 976         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 977
 978     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 979         """
 980         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 981
 982         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 983         """
 984         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 985
 986     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 987         """
 988         Set(self, double x, double y)
 989
 990         Set both the x and y properties
 991         """
 992         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 993
 994     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 995         """
 996         Get() -> (x,y)
 997
 998         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 999         """
1000         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1001
1002     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1003     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1004     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
1005     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1006     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1007     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1008         if index == 0: self.x = val
1009         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1010         else: raise IndexError
1011     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1012     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1013     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1014
1015 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1016
1017 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1018
1019 class Point(object):
1020     """
1021     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1022     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1023     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1024     """
1025     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1026     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1027     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1028     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1029     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1030         """
1031         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1032
1033         Create a wx.Point object
1034         """
1035         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1036     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1037     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1038     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1039         """
1040         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1041
1042         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1043         """
1044         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1045
1046     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1047         """
1048         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1049
1050         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1051         """
1052         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1053
1054     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1055         """
1056         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1057
1058         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1059         """
1060         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1061
1062     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1063         """
1064         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1065
1066         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1067         """
1068         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1069
1070     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1071         """
1072         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1073
1074         Add pt to this object.
1075         """
1076         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1077
1078     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1079         """
1080         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1081
1082         Subtract pt from this object.
1083         """
1084         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1085
1086     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1087         """
1088         Set(self, long x, long y)
1089
1090         Set both the x and y properties
1091         """
1092         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1093
1094     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1095         """
1096         Get() -> (x,y)
1097
1098         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1099         """
1100         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1101
1102     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1103     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1104     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1105     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1106     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1107     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1108         if index == 0: self.x = val
1109         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1110         else: raise IndexError
1111     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1112     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1113     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1114
1115 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1116
1117 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1118
1119 class Rect(object):
1120     """
1121     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1122     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1123     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1124     """
1125     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1127     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1128         """
1129         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1130
1131         Create a new Rect object.
1132         """
1133         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1134     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1135     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1136     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1137         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1138         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1139
1140     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1141         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1142         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1143
1144     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1145         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1146         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1147
1148     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1149         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1150         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1151
1152     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1153         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1154         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1155
1156     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1157         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1158         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1159
1160     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1161         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1162         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1163
1164     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1165         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1166         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1167
1168     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1169         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1170         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1171
1172     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1173         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1174         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1175
1176     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1177         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1178         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1179
1180     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1181         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1182         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1183
1184     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1185         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1186         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1187
1188     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1189         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1190         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1191
1192     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1193         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1194         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1195
1196     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1197         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1198         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1199
1200     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1201         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1202         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1203
1204     def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1205         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1206         return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1207
1208     def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1209         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1210         return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1211
1212     def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1213         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1214         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1215
1216     def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1217         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1218         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1219
1220     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1221         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1222         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1223
1224     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1225         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1226         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1227
1228     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1229         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1230         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1231
1232     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1233         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1234         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1235
1236     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1237         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1238         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1239
1240     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1241         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1242         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1243
1244     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1245         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1246         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1247
1248     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1249         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1250         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1251
1252     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1253     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1254     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1255     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1256     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1257     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1258
1259     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1260         """
1261         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1262
1263         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1264
1265         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1266         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1267         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1268         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1269         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1270         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1271         direction.
1272
1273         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1274         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1275         first::
1276
1277             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1278             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1279
1280
1281         """
1282         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1283
1284     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1285         """
1286         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1287
1288         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1289         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1290         `Inflate` for a full description.
1291         """
1292         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1293
1294     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1295         """
1296         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1297
1298         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1299         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1300         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1301         """
1302         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1303
1304     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1305         """
1306         Offset(self, Point pt)
1307
1308         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1309         """
1310         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1311
1312     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1313         """
1314         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1315
1316         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1317         """
1318         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1319
1320     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1321         """
1322         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1323
1324         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1325         """
1326         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1327
1328     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1329         """
1330         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1331
1332         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1333         """
1334         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1335
1336     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1337         """
1338         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1339
1340         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1341         """
1342         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1343
1344     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1345         """
1346         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1347
1348         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1349         """
1350         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1351
1352     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1353         """
1354         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1355
1356         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1357         """
1358         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1359
1360     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1361         """
1362         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1363
1364         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1365         """
1366         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1367
1368     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1369         """
1370         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1371
1372         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1373         """
1374         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1375
1376     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1377         """
1378         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1379
1380         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1381         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1382         """
1383         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1384
1385     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1386     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1387     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1388     Inside = Contains
1389     InsideXY = ContainsXY
1390     InsideRect = ContainsRect
1391
1392     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1393         """
1394         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1395
1396         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1397         """
1398         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1399
1400     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1401         """
1402         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1403
1404         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1405         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1406         """
1407         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1408
1409     CentreIn = CenterIn
1410     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1411     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1412     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1413     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1414     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1415         """
1416         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1417
1418         Set all rectangle properties.
1419         """
1420         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1421
1422     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1423         """
1424         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1425
1426         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1427         """
1428         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1429
1430     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1431     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1432     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1433     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1434     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1435     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1436         if index == 0: self.x = val
1437         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1438         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1439         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1440         else: raise IndexError
1441     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1442     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1443     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1444
1445     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1446     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1447     BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1448     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1449     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1450     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1451     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1452     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1453     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1454     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1455     TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1456     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1457     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1458     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1459     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1460 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1461
1462 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1463     """
1464     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1465
1466     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1467     """
1468     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1469     return val
1470
1471 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1472     """
1473     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1474
1475     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1476     """
1477     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1478     return val
1479
1480 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1481     """
1482     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1483
1484     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1485     """
1486     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1487     return val
1488
1489
1490 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1491   """
1492     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1493
1494     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1495     """
1496   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1497 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1498
1499 class Point2D(object):
1500     """
1501     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1502     with floating point values.
1503     """
1504     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1505     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1506     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1507         """
1508         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1509
1510         Create a w.Point2D object.
1511         """
1512         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1513     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1514     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1515     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1516         """
1517         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1518
1519         Convert to integer
1520         """
1521         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1522
1523     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1524         """
1525         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1526
1527         Convert to integer
1528         """
1529         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1530
1531     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1532         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1533         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1534
1535     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1536         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1537         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1538
1539     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1540         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1541         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1542
1543     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1544         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1545         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1546
1547     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1548         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1549         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1550     def Normalize(self):
1551         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1552
1553     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1554         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1555         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1556
1557     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1558         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1559         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1560
1561     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1562         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1563         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1564
1565     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1566         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1567         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1568
1569     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1570         """
1571         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1572
1573         the reflection of this point
1574         """
1575         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1576
1577     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1578         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1579         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1580
1581     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1582         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1583         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1584
1585     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1586         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1587         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1588
1589     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1590         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1591         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1592
1593     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1594         """
1595         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1596
1597         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1598         """
1599         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1600
1601     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1602         """
1603         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1604
1605         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1606         """
1607         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1608
1609     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1610     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1611     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1612         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1613         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1614
1615     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1616         """
1617         Get() -> (x,y)
1618
1619         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1620         """
1621         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1622
1623     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1624     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1625     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1626     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1627     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1628     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1629         if index == 0: self.x = val
1630         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1631         else: raise IndexError
1632     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1633     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1634     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1635
1636     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1637     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1638     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1639     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1640 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1641
1642 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1643     """
1644     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1645
1646     Create a w.Point2D object.
1647     """
1648     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1649     return val
1650
1651 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1652     """
1653     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1654
1655     Create a w.Point2D object.
1656     """
1657     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1658     return val
1659
1660 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1661
1662 Inside = _core_.Inside
1663 OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft
1664 OutRight = _core_.OutRight
1665 OutTop = _core_.OutTop
1666 OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom
1667 class Rect2D(object):
1668     """
1669     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1670     with floating point component values.
1671     """
1672     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1673     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1674     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1675         """
1676         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D
1677
1678         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1679         with floating point component values.
1680         """
1681         _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs))
1682     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D
1683     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1684     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1685         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D"""
1686         return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1687
1688     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1689         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1690         return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1691
1692     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1693         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble"""
1694         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1695
1696     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1697         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)"""
1698         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1699
1700     def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs):
1701         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1702         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs)
1703
1704     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1705         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble"""
1706         return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1707
1708     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1709         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)"""
1710         return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1711
1712     def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1713         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1714         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1715
1716     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1717         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble"""
1718         return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1719
1720     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1721         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)"""
1722         return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1723
1724     def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1725         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1726         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1727
1728     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1729         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble"""
1730         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1731
1732     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1733         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)"""
1734         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1735
1736     def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs):
1737         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1738         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs)
1739
1740     def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1741         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1742         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1743
1744     def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1745         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1746         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1747
1748     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1749         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1750         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1751
1752     def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1753         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1754         return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1755
1756     def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1757         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1758         return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1759
1760     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1761         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1762         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1763
1764     def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1765         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1766         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1767
1768     def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1769         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1770         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1771
1772     def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1773         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1774         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1775
1776     def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1777         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1778         return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1779
1780     def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1782         return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1786         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D"""
1790         return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792     def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1793         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)"""
1794         return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1795
1796     def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs):
1797         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1798         return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs)
1799
1800     def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs):
1801         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int"""
1802         return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs)
1803
1804     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1805         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool"""
1806         return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1807
1808     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1809         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1810         return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1811
1812     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1813         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1814         return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1815
1816     def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs):
1817         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1818         return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs)
1819
1820     def Inset(*args):
1821         """
1822         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y)
1823         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom)
1824         """
1825         return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args)
1826
1827     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1828         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)"""
1829         return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1830
1831     def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs):
1832         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)"""
1833         return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs)
1834
1835     def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs):
1836         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D"""
1837         return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs)
1838
1839     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1840         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1841         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1842
1843     def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
1844         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1845         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
1846
1847     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1848         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1849         return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1850
1851     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1852         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1853         return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1854
1855     def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs):
1856         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1857         return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs)
1858
1859     def Scale(*args):
1860         """
1861         Scale(self, wxDouble f)
1862         Scale(self, int num, int denum)
1863         """
1864         return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args)
1865
1866     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """
1868         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1869
1870         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1871         """
1872         return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1873
1874     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1875         """
1876         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1877
1878         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1879         """
1880         return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1881
1882     x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set)
1883     y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set)
1884     width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set)
1885     height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set)
1886     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1887         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)"""
1888         return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1889
1890     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1891         """
1892         Get() -> (x,y, width, height)
1893
1894         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple.
1895         """
1896         return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1897
1898     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1899     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get())
1900     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1901     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1902     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1903         if index == 0: self.x = val
1904         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1905         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1906         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1907         else: raise IndexError
1908     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)
1909     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1910     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get())
1911
1912 _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D)
1913
1914 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1915
1916 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1917 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1918 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1919 class InputStream(object):
1920     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1921     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1922     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1923     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1924         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1925         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1926     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1927     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1928     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1929         """close(self)"""
1930         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1931
1932     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1933         """flush(self)"""
1934         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1935
1936     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1937         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1938         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1939
1940     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1941         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1942         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1943
1944     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1945         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1946         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1947
1948     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1949         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1950         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1953         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1954         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1955
1956     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1957         """tell(self) -> int"""
1958         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1959
1960     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1961         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1962         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1963
1964     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1965         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1966         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1967
1968     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1969         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1970         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1971
1972     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1973         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1974         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1975
1976     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1977         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1978         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1979
1980     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1981         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1982         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1983
1984     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1985         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1986         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1987
1988     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1989         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1990         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1991
1992 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1993 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1994 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1995
1996 class OutputStream(object):
1997     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1998     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1999     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2000     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2001     def write(*args, **kwargs):
2002         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
2003         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
2004
2005     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
2006         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
2007         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
2008
2009 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
2010
2011 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2012
2013 class FSFile(Object):
2014     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
2015     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2016     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2017     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2018         """
2019         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
2020             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
2021         """
2022         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
2023     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
2024     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2025     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
2026         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
2027         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
2028
2029     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
2030         """DetachStream(self)"""
2031         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
2032
2033     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2034         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2035         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2036
2037     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2038         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
2039         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2040
2041     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2042         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
2043         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2044
2045     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
2046         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
2047         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
2048
2049     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2050     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
2051     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
2052     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
2053     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
2054 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
2055
2056 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
2057     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
2058     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2059     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2060     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2061     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
2062     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2063 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
2064
2065 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2066     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
2067     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2068     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2069     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2070         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
2071         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2072         FileSystemHandler._setCallbackInfo(self, self, FileSystemHandler)
2073
2074     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
2075         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
2076         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
2077
2078     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2079         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2080         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2081
2082     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2083         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2084         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2085
2086     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2087         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2088         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2089
2090     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2091         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2092         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2093
2094     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
2095         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
2096         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
2097
2098     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2099         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2100         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2101
2102     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2103         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
2104         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2105
2106     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2107         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2108         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2109
2110     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
2111         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
2112         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
2113
2114     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2115     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
2116     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
2117     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
2118     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
2119 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
2120
2121 class FileSystem(Object):
2122     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
2123     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2124     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2125     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2126         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
2127         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
2128     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
2129     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2130     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
2131         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
2132         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
2133
2134     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
2135         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
2136         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
2137
2138     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2139         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
2140         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2141
2142     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2143         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2144         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2145
2146     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2147         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2148         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2149
2150     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2151         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2152         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2153
2154     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2155     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2156         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2157         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2158
2159     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2160     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2161         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
2162         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2163
2164     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
2165     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2166         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2167         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2168
2169     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
2170     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2171         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2172         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2173
2174     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
2175     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
2176 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
2177
2178 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2179   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2180   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2181
2182 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2183   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2184   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2185
2186 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
2187   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
2188   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
2189
2190 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2191   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2192   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2193
2194 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2195   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2196   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2197
2198 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2199     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
2200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2203         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
2204         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2205     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2206         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2207         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2208
2209     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2210         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2211         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2212
2213 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
2214
2215 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2216     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
2217     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2218     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2219     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2220         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
2221         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2222     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2223         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2224         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2225
2226     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2227         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2228         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2229
2230     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2231         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2232         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2233
2234     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2235         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2236         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2237
2238 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
2239
2240
2241 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
2242   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2243   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
2244
2245 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2246   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2247   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2248
2249 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
2250   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2251   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
2252 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
2253     """
2254     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
2255     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2256     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2257     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2258     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2259     """
2260     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
2261         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2262     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
2263         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2264     elif type(dataItem) == str:
2265         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2266     else:
2267         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2268
2269 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2270     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2271     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2272     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2273     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2274         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2275         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2276     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2277         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2278         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2279
2280     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2281     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2282     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2283         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2284         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2285
2286     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2287         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2288         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2289
2290     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2291         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2292         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2293
2294     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2295         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2296         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2297
2298 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2299
2300 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2301   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2302   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2303
2304 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2305 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2306 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2307 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2308 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2309 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2310
2311 class ImageHandler(Object):
2312     """
2313     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2314     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2315     normally seen by the application.
2316     """
2317     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2318     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2319     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2320     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2321         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2322         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2323
2324     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2325         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2326         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2327
2328     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2329         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2330         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2331
2332     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2333         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2334         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2335
2336     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2337         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2338         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2339
2340     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2341         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2342         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2343
2344     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2345         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2346         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2347
2348     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2349         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2350         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2353         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2354         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2355
2356     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2357         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2358         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2359
2360     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2361     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2362     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2363     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2364 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2365
2366 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2367     """
2368     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2369     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2370     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2371     the following methods::
2372
2373         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2374             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2375
2376         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2377             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2378
2379         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2380             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2381                this handler's image file format.'''
2382
2383         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2384             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2385                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2386
2387     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2388     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2389     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2390
2391     """
2392     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2393     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2394     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2395         """
2396         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2397
2398         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2399         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2400         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2401         the following methods::
2402
2403             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2404                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2405
2406             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2407                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2408
2409             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2410                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2411                    this handler's image file format.'''
2412
2413             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2414                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2415                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2416
2417         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2418         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2419         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2420
2421         """
2422         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2423         self._SetSelf(self)
2424
2425     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2426         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2427         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2428
2429 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2430
2431 class ImageHistogram(object):
2432     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2433     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2434     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2435     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2436         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2437         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2438     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2439         """
2440         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2441
2442         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2443         """
2444         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2445
2446     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2447     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2448         """
2449         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2450
2451         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2452         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2453         success flag and rgb values.
2454         """
2455         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2456
2457     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2458         """
2459         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2460
2461         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2462         key value from a RGB tripple.
2463         """
2464         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2465
2466     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2467         """
2468         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2469
2470         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2471         """
2472         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2473
2474     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2475         """
2476         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2477
2478         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2479         """
2480         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2481
2482 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2483
2484 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2485   """
2486     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2487
2488     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2489     """
2490   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2491
2492 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2493     """
2494     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2495     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2496     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2497     color space.
2498     """
2499     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2500     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2501     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2502         """
2503         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2504
2505         Constructor.
2506         """
2507         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2508     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2509     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2510     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2511 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2512
2513 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2514     """
2515     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2516     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2517     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2518     color space.
2519     """
2520     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2521     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2522     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2523         """
2524         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2525
2526         Constructor.
2527         """
2528         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2529     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2530     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2531     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2532 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2533
2534 class Image(Object):
2535     """
2536     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2537     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2538     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2539     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2540
2541     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2542     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2543     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2544     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2545
2546     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2547     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2548     bitmap object.
2549
2550     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2551     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2552     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2553     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2554     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2555
2556     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2557     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2558     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2559     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2560     """
2561     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2562     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2563     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2564         """
2565         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2566
2567         Loads an image from a file.
2568         """
2569         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2570     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2571     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2572     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2573         """
2574         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2575
2576         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2577         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2578         """
2579         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2580
2581     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2582         """
2583         Destroy(self)
2584
2585         Destroys the image data.
2586         """
2587         args[0].this.own(False)
2588         return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2589
2590     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2591         """
2592         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2593
2594         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2595         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2596         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter
2597         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be
2598         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2599         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2600         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2601         downsampling respectively.
2602         """
2603         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2604
2605     def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2606         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2607         return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2608
2609     def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2610         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2611         return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2612
2613     def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2614         """
2615         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2616
2617         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2618         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2619         single mask colour for transparency.
2620         """
2621         return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2622
2623     def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2624         """
2625         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2626
2627         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2628         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2629
2630         """
2631         return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2632
2633     def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2634         """
2635         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2636
2637         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2638         used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """
2644         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2645
2646         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2647         """
2648         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2649
2650     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2651         """
2652         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2653
2654         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2655         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2656
2657         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2658         """
2659         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2660
2661     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2662         """
2663         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2664
2665         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2666         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2667         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2668         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2669         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2670         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2671         newly exposed areas.
2672
2673         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2674         """
2675         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2676
2677     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2678         """
2679         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2680
2681         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2682         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2683         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2684         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2685         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2692
2693         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2694         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2695         safe way to manipulate the data.
2696         """
2697         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2698
2699     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2700         """
2701         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2702
2703         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2704         """
2705         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2706
2707     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2708         """
2709         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2710
2711         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2712         """
2713         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2714
2715     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2716         """
2717         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2718
2719         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2720         """
2721         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2722
2723     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2724         """
2725         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2726
2727         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2728         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2729         for this.
2730         """
2731         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2732
2733     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2734         """
2735         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2736
2737         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2738         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2739         this.
2740
2741         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2742         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2743         the fully opaque pixels.
2744         """
2745         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2746
2747     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2748         """
2749         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2750
2751         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2752         """
2753         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2754
2755     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2756         """
2757         InitAlpha(self)
2758
2759         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2760         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2761         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2762         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2763         """
2764         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2765
2766     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2767         """
2768         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2769
2770         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2771         than the spcified threshold.
2772         """
2773         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2774
2775     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2776         """
2777         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2778
2779         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2780         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2781         success flag and rgb values.
2782         """
2783         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2784
2785     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2786         """
2787         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2788
2789         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2790         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2791         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2792         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2793
2794         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2795         nothing.
2796         """
2797         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2798
2799     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2800         """
2801         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2802
2803         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2804         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2805         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2806         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2807         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2808         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2809         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2810         """
2811         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2814         """
2815         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2816
2817         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2818         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2819         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2820         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2821         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2822
2823         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2824         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2825         mask was successfully applied.
2826
2827         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2828         computationally intensive operation.
2829         """
2830         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2831
2832     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2833         """
2834         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2835
2836         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2837         """
2838         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2839
2840     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2841     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2842         """
2843         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2844
2845         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2846         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2847         the number of available images.
2848         """
2849         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2852     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2853         """
2854         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2855
2856         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2857         library will try to autodetect the format.
2858         """
2859         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2860
2861     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2862         """
2863         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2864
2865         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2866         string.
2867         """
2868         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2869
2870     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2871         """
2872         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2873
2874         Saves an image in the named file.
2875         """
2876         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2877
2878     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2879         """
2880         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2881
2882         Saves an image in the named file.
2883         """
2884         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2885
2886     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2887         """
2888         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2889
2890         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2891         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2892         object.
2893         """
2894         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2895
2896     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2897     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2898         """
2899         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2900
2901         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2902         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2903         autodetect the format.
2904         """
2905         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2906
2907     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2908         """
2909         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2910
2911         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2912         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2913         """
2914         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2915
2916     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2917         """
2918         IsOk(self) -> bool
2919
2920         Returns true if image data is present.
2921         """
2922         return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2923
2924     Ok = IsOk
2925     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2926         """
2927         GetWidth(self) -> int
2928
2929         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2930         """
2931         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2932
2933     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2934         """
2935         GetHeight(self) -> int
2936
2937         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2938         """
2939         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2940
2941     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2942         """
2943         GetSize(self) -> Size
2944
2945         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2946         """
2947         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2948
2949     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2950         """
2951         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2952
2953         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2954         entirely to the image.
2955         """
2956         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2957
2958     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2959         """
2960         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2961
2962         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2963         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2964         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2965         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2966         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2967         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2968         newly exposed areas.
2969         """
2970         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2971
2972     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2973         """
2974         Copy(self) -> Image
2975
2976         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2977         """
2978         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2979
2980     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2981         """
2982         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2983
2984         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2985         and any out of bounds problems.
2986         """
2987         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2988
2989     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2990         """
2991         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2992
2993         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2994         """
2995         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2996
2997     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2998         """
2999         SetData(self, buffer data)
3000
3001         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
3002         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
3003         the data must be width*height*3.
3004         """
3005         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3008         """
3009         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3010
3011         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
3012         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
3013         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3014         """
3015         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3016
3017     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3018         """
3019         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
3020
3021         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
3022         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3023         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
3024         """
3025         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3026
3027     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3028         """
3029         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
3030
3031         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
3032         """
3033         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3034
3035     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3036         """
3037         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
3038
3039         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
3040         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
3041         data must be width*height.
3042         """
3043         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3044
3045     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3046         """
3047         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3048
3049         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
3050         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
3051         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3052         """
3053         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3054
3055     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3056         """
3057         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
3058
3059         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
3060         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3061         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
3062         """
3063         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3064
3065     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3066         """
3067         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
3068
3069         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
3070         mask).
3071         """
3072         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3073
3074     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3075         """
3076         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
3077
3078         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
3079         """
3080         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3081
3082     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
3083         """
3084         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
3085
3086         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
3087         """
3088         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
3089
3090     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
3091         """
3092         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
3093
3094         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
3095         """
3096         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
3097
3098     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
3099         """
3100         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
3101
3102         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
3103         """
3104         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
3105
3106     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
3107         """
3108         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
3109
3110         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
3111         determined by the current mask colour.
3112         """
3113         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
3114
3115     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
3116         """
3117         HasMask(self) -> bool
3118
3119         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
3120         """
3121         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
3122
3123     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
3124         """
3125         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
3126             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
3127
3128         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
3129         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
3130         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
3131         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
3132         will be used as the fill colour.
3133
3134         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
3135         """
3136         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
3137
3138     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
3139         """
3140         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
3141
3142         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
3143         indicated by ``clockwise``.
3144         """
3145         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
3146
3147     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
3148         """
3149         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
3150
3151         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
3152         indicates the orientation.
3153         """
3154         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
3155
3156     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
3157         """
3158         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
3159
3160         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
3161         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
3162         """
3163         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
3164
3165     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
3166         """
3167         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
3168
3169         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
3170         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
3171         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
3172         """
3173         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
3174
3175     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
3176         """
3177         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
3178
3179         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
3180         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
3181         colour everywhere else.
3182         """
3183         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
3184
3185     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3186         """
3187         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
3188
3189         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
3190         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
3191         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
3192         """
3193         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3194
3195     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3196         """
3197         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
3198
3199         Sets an image option as an integer.
3200         """
3201         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3202
3203     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3204         """
3205         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
3206
3207         Gets the value of an image handler option.
3208         """
3209         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3210
3211     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3212         """
3213         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
3214
3215         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
3216         option is not present, the function returns 0.
3217         """
3218         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3219
3220     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
3221         """
3222         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3223
3224         Returns true if the given option is present.
3225         """
3226         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
3227
3228     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
3229         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3230         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
3231
3232     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
3233         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3234         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
3235
3236     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3237         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3238         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3239
3240     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
3241     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3242         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3243         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3244
3245     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
3246     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3247         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3248         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3249
3250     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
3251     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
3252         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3253         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
3254
3255     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
3256     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
3257         """
3258         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3259
3260         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3261         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3262         dialog boxes.
3263         """
3264         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3265
3266     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3267     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3268         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3269         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3270
3271     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3272         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3273         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3274
3275     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3276         """
3277         RotateHue(self, double angle)
3278
3279         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3280         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3281         """
3282         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3283
3284     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3285         """
3286         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3287
3288         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3289         """
3290         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3291
3292     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3293     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3294         """
3295         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3296
3297         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3298         """
3299         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3300
3301     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3302     def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3303     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3304     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3305     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3306     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3307     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3308     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3309     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3310     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3311     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3312 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3313
3314 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3315     """
3316     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3317
3318     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3319     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3320     """
3321     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3322     return val
3323
3324 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3325     """
3326     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3327
3328     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3329     object.
3330     """
3331     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3332     return val
3333
3334 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3335     """
3336     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3337
3338     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3339     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3340     """
3341     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3342     return val
3343
3344 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3345     """
3346     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3347
3348     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3349     pixels to black.
3350     """
3351     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3352     return val
3353
3354 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3355     """
3356     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3357
3358     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3359     """
3360     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3361     return val
3362
3363 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3364     """
3365     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3366
3367     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3368     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3369     must be width*height*3.
3370     """
3371     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3372     return val
3373
3374 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3375     """
3376     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3377
3378     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3379     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3380     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3381     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3382     """
3383     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3384     return val
3385
3386 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3387   """
3388     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3389
3390     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3391     """
3392   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3393
3394 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3395   """
3396     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3397
3398     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3399     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3400     the number of available images.
3401     """
3402   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3403
3404 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3405   """
3406     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3407
3408     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3409     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3410     object.
3411     """
3412   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3413
3414 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3415   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3416   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3417
3418 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3419   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3420   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3421
3422 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3423   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3424   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3425
3426 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3427   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3428   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3429
3430 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3431   """
3432     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3433
3434     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3435     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3436     dialog boxes.
3437     """
3438   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3439
3440 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3441   """
3442     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3443
3444     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3445     """
3446   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3447
3448 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3449   """
3450     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3451
3452     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3453     """
3454   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3455
3456
3457 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3458   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3459   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3460 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3461     """
3462     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3463     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3464     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3465     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3466     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3467     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3468
3469     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3470     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3471     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3472     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3473     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3474
3475     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3476     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3477     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3478     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3479     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3480     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3481     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3482     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3483     them to change size.
3484     """
3485     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3486     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3487     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3488     return image
3489
3490 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3491     """
3492     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3493     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3494     """
3495     pass
3496
3497 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3498 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3499 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3500 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3501 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3502 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3503 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3504 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3505 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3506 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3507 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3508 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3509 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3510 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3511 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3512     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3513     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3514     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3515     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3516         """
3517         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3518
3519         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3520         """
3521         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3522 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3523 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3524 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3525 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3526 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3527 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3528 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3529 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3530 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3531 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3532 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3533 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3534 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3535 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3536 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3537 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3538 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3539
3540 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3541     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3542     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3543     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3544     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3545         """
3546         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3547
3548         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3549         """
3550         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3551 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3552
3553 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3554     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3555     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3556     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3557     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3558         """
3559         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3560
3561         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3562         """
3563         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3564 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3565
3566 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3567     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3568     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3569     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3570     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3571         """
3572         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3573
3574         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3575         """
3576         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3577 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3578
3579 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3580     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3581     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3582     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3583     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3584         """
3585         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3586
3587         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3588         """
3589         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3590 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3591
3592 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3593     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3594     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3595     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3596     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3597         """
3598         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3599
3600         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3601         """
3602         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3603 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3604
3605 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3606     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3607     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3608     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3609     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3610         """
3611         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3612
3613         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3614         """
3615         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3616 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3617
3618 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3619     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3620     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3621     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3622     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3623         """
3624         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3625
3626         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3627         """
3628         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3629 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3630
3631 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3632     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3633     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3634     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3635     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3636         """
3637         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3638
3639         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3640         """
3641         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3642 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3643
3644 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3645     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3646     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3647     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3648     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3649         """
3650         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3651
3652         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3653         """
3654         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3655 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3656
3657 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3658     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3659     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3660     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3661     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3662         """
3663         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3664
3665         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3666         """
3667         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3668 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3669
3670 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler):
3671     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files."""
3672     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3673     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3674     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3675         """
3676         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler
3677
3678         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.
3679         """
3680         _core_.TGAHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TGAHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3681 _core_.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler)
3682
3683 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3684 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3685 class Quantize(object):
3686     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3687     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3688     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3689     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3690     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3691         """
3692         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3693
3694         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3695         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3696         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3697         """
3698         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3699
3700     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3701 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3702
3703 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3704   """
3705     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3706
3707     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3708     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3709     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3710     """
3711   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3712
3713 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3714
3715 class EvtHandler(Object):
3716     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3717     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3718     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3719     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3720         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3721         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3722         self._setOORInfo(self)
3723
3724     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3725         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3726         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3727
3728     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3729         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3730         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3731
3732     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3733         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3734         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3735
3736     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3737         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3738         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3739
3740     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3741         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3742         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3743
3744     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3745         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3746         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3747
3748     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3749         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3750         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3751
3752     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3753         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3754         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3755
3756     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3757         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3758         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3759
3760     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3761         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3762         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3763
3764     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3765         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3766         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3767
3768     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3769         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3770         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3771         args[0].this.own(False)
3772         return val
3773
3774     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3775         """
3776         Bind an event to an event handler.
3777
3778         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3779                       type of event to bind,
3780
3781         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3782                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3783                       disconnect an event handler.
3784
3785         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3786                       different window than self, but you still
3787                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3788                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3789                       passing the source of the event, the event
3790                       handling system is able to differentiate
3791                       between the same event type from different
3792                       controls.
3793
3794         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3795                    of instance.
3796
3797         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3798                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3799         """
3800         if source is not None:
3801             id  = source.GetId()
3802         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3803
3804     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3805         """
3806         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3807         Returns True if successful.
3808         """
3809         if source is not None:
3810             id  = source.GetId()
3811         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3812
3813     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3814     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3815     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3816 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3817
3818 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3819
3820 class PyEventBinder(object):
3821     """
3822     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3823     handlers.
3824     """
3825     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3826         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3827             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3828         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3829
3830         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3831             self.evtType = evtType
3832         else:
3833             self.evtType = [evtType]
3834
3835
3836     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3837         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3838         for et in self.evtType:
3839             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3840
3841
3842     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3843         """Remove an event binding."""
3844         success = 0
3845         for et in self.evtType:
3846             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3847         return success != 0
3848
3849     def _getEvtType(self):
3850         """
3851         Make it easy to get to the default wxEventType typeID for this
3852         event binder.
3853         """
3854         return self.evtType[0]
3855
3856     typeId = property(_getEvtType)
3857
3858
3859     def __call__(self, *args):
3860         """
3861         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3862         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3863         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3864         type of the event.
3865         """
3866         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3867         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3868         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3869         target = args[0]
3870         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3871             func = args[1]
3872         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3873             id1 = args[1]
3874             func = args[2]
3875         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3876             id1 = args[1]
3877             id2 = args[2]
3878             func = args[3]
3879         else:
3880             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3881
3882         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3883
3884
3885 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3886 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3887     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3888 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3889     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3890
3891
3892 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3893
3894 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3895
3896 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3897 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3898
3899 def NewEventType(*args):
3900   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3901   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3902 wxEVT_ANY = _core_.wxEVT_ANY
3903 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3904 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3905 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3906 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3907 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3908 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3909 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3910 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3911 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3912 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3913 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3914 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3915 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3916 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3917 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3918 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3919 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3920 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3921 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3922 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3923 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3924 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3925 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3926 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3927 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3928 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3929 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3930 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3931 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3932 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3933 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3934 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3935 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3936 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3937 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3938 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3939 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3940 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3941 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3942 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3943 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3944 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3945 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3946 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3947 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3948 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3949 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3950 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3951 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3952 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3953 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3954 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3955 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3956 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3957 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3958 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3959 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3960 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3961 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3962 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3963 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3964 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3965 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3966 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3967 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3968 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3969 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3970 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3971 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3972 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3973 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3974 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3975 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3976 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3977 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3978 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3979 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3980 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3981 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3982 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3983 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3984 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3985 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3986 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3987 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3988 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3989 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3990 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3991 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3992 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3993 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3994 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3995 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3996 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3997 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3998 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3999 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
4000 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
4001 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
4002 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
4003 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
4004 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
4005 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
4006 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
4007 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
4008 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
4009 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
4010 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
4011 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
4012 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
4013 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
4014 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
4015 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
4016 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
4017 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
4018 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
4019 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
4020 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
4021 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
4022 #
4023 # Create some event binders
4024 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
4025 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
4026 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
4027 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
4028 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
4029 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4030 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4031 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
4032 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
4033 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
4034 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
4035 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
4036 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
4037 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
4038 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
4039 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
4040 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
4041 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
4042 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
4043 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
4044 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
4045 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
4046 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
4047 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
4048 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
4049 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4050 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4051 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
4052 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
4053 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
4054 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
4055 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
4056 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
4057 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
4058 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
4059 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
4060 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
4061 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
4062 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
4063 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
4064 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
4065 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
4066
4067 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
4068 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
4069 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
4070 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
4071 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
4072 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
4073 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
4074 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
4075 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
4076 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4077 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
4078 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
4079 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
4080
4081 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
4082                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
4083                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
4084                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
4085                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
4086                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
4087                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
4088                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
4089                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
4090                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
4091                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
4092                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
4093                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4094                                      ])
4095
4096
4097 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
4098 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
4099                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
4100                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
4101                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
4102                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
4103                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
4104                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
4105                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
4106                                   ])
4107
4108 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
4109 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
4110 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
4111 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
4112 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
4113 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
4114 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
4115 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
4116
4117 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
4118 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4119                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4120                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4121                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4122                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4123                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4124                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4125                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4126                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4127                                ])
4128
4129 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
4130 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
4131 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
4132 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
4133 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
4134 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
4135 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
4136 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
4137 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
4138 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4139
4140 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
4141 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4142                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4143                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4144                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4145                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4146                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4147                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4148                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4149                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4150                                        ], 1)
4151
4152 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
4153 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
4154 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
4155 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
4156 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
4157 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
4158 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
4159 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
4160 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
4161 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
4162
4163 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
4164 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
4165 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
4166 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4167 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
4168 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
4169 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
4170 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
4171 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4172 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
4173
4174 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
4175 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4176 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4177 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
4178 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
4179 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
4180 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
4181 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
4182 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
4183
4184
4185 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
4186 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
4187 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
4188 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
4189 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
4190 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
4191 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
4192
4193 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
4194
4195 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
4196 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
4197
4198 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
4199
4200 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
4201 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
4202 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
4203
4204
4205 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4206
4207 class Event(Object):
4208     """
4209     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4210     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4211     other event classes
4212     """
4213     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4214     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
4215     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4216     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
4217     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4218     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4219         """
4220         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
4221
4222         Sets the specific type of the event.
4223         """
4224         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4225
4226     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4227         """
4228         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
4229
4230         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4231         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4232         """
4233         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4234
4235     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4236         """
4237         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4238
4239         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4240         any.
4241         """
4242         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4243
4244     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4245         """
4246         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4247
4248         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4249         object that is sending the event.
4250         """
4251         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4252
4253     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4254         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4255         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4256
4257     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4258         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4259         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4260
4261     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
4262         """
4263         GetId(self) -> int
4264
4265         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4266         command id.
4267         """
4268         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
4269
4270     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
4271         """
4272         SetId(self, int Id)
4273
4274         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
4275         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4276         item, etc.
4277         """
4278         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4279
4280     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4281         """
4282         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4283
4284         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4285         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4286         """
4287         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4288
4289     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4290         """
4291         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4292
4293         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4294         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4295         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4296         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4297         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4298         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4299         already in the current handler.
4300         """
4301         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4302
4303     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4304         """
4305         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4306
4307         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4308         :see: `Skip`
4309         """
4310         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4311
4312     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4313         """
4314         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4315
4316         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4317         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4318         """
4319         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4320
4321     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4322         """
4323         StopPropagation(self) -> int
4324
4325         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
4326         propagation level value which may be later passed to
4327         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4328         """
4329         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4330
4331     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4332         """
4333         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4334
4335         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
4336         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4337         `StopPropagation`.)
4338
4339         """
4340         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4341
4342     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4343         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4344         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4345
4346     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4347     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4348     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4349     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4350     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4351 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4352
4353 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4354
4355 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4356     """
4357     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4358     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4359     propogation of the event will be restored.
4360     """
4361     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4362     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4363     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4364         """
4365         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4366
4367         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4368         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4369         propogation of the event will be restored.
4370         """
4371         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4372     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4373     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4374 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4375
4376 class PropagateOnce(object):
4377     """
4378     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4379     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4380     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4381     """
4382     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4383     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4384     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4385         """
4386         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4387
4388         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4389         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4390         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4391         """
4392         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4393     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4394     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4395 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4396
4397 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4398
4399 class CommandEvent(Event):
4400     """
4401     This event class contains information about command events, which
4402     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4403     toolbars.
4404     """
4405     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4406     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4407     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4408         """
4409         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4410
4411         This event class contains information about command events, which
4412         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4413         toolbars.
4414         """
4415         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4416     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4417         """
4418         GetSelection(self) -> int
4419
4420         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4421         for a deselection).
4422         """
4423         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4424
4425     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4426         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4427         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4428
4429     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4430         """
4431         GetString(self) -> String
4432
4433         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4434         for a deselection).
4435         """
4436         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4437
4438     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4439         """
4440         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4441
4442         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4443         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4444         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4445         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4446         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4447         """
4448         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4449
4450     Checked = IsChecked
4451     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4452         """
4453         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4454
4455         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4456         false if it is a deselection.
4457         """
4458         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4459
4460     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4461         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4462         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4463
4464     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4465         """
4466         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4467
4468         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4469         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4470         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4471         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4472         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4473         listbox must be examined by the application.
4474         """
4475         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4476
4477     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4478         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4479         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4480
4481     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4482         """
4483         GetInt(self) -> int
4484
4485         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4486         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4487         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4488         """
4489         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4490
4491     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4492         """
4493         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4494
4495         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4496         """
4497         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4498
4499     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4500         """
4501         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4502
4503         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4504         """
4505         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4506
4507     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4508     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4509
4510     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4511         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4512         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4513
4514     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4515     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4516     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4517     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4518     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4519     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4520 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4521
4522 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4523
4524 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4525     """
4526     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4527     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4528     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4529     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4530     """
4531     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4532     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4533     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4534         """
4535         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4536
4537         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4538         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4539         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4540         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4541         """
4542         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4543     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4544         """
4545         Veto(self)
4546
4547         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4548
4549         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4550         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4551         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4552         """
4553         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4554
4555     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4556         """
4557         Allow(self)
4558
4559         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4560         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4561         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4562         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4563         """
4564         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4565
4566     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4567         """
4568         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4569
4570         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4571         false otherwise (if it was).
4572         """
4573         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4574
4575 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4576
4577 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4578
4579 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4580     """
4581     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4582     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4583     instances of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4584     instead.
4585     """
4586     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4587     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4588     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4589         """
4590         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4591             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4592         """
4593         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4594     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4595         """
4596         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4597
4598         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4599         the scrollbar.
4600         """
4601         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4602
4603     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4604         """
4605         GetPosition(self) -> int
4606
4607         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4608         """
4609         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4610
4611     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4612         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4613         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4614
4615     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4616         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4617         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4618
4619     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4620     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4621 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4622
4623 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4624
4625 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4626     """
4627     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4628     scrolling windows.
4629     """
4630     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4631     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4632     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4633         """
4634         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4635
4636         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4637         scrolling windows.
4638         """
4639         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4640     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4641         """
4642         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4643
4644         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4645         the scrollbar.
4646         """
4647         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4648
4649     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4650         """
4651         GetPosition(self) -> int
4652
4653         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4654         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4655         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4656         """
4657         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4658
4659     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4660         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4661         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4662
4663     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4664         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4665         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4666
4667     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4668     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4669 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4670
4671 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4672
4673 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4674 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4675 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4676 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4677 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4678 class MouseEvent(Event):
4679     """
4680     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4681     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4682     mouse move events.
4683
4684     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4685     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4686     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4687     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4688     events from it.
4689
4690     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4691     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4692     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4693     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4694     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4695     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4696     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4697     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4698     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4699     """
4700     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4701     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4702     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4703         """
4704         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4705
4706         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4707
4708             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4709             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4710             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4711             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4712             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4713             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4714             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4715             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4716             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4717             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4718             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4719             * wxEVT_MOTION
4720             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4721         """
4722         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4723     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4724         """
4725         IsButton(self) -> bool
4726
4727         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4728         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4729         """
4730         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4731
4732     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4733         """
4734         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4735
4736         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4737         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4738         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4739         values).
4740         """
4741         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4742
4743     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4744         """
4745         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4746
4747         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4748         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4749         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4750         values).
4751         """
4752         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4753
4754     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4755         """
4756         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4757
4758         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4759         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4760         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4761         """
4762         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4763
4764     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4765         """
4766         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4767
4768         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4769         values of button are:
4770
4771              ====================      =====================================
4772              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4773              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4774              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4775              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4776              ====================      =====================================
4777
4778         """
4779         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4780
4781     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4782         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4783         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4784
4785     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4786         """
4787         GetButton(self) -> int
4788
4789         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4790         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4791         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4792         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4793         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4794         right buttons respectively.
4795         """
4796         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4797
4798     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4799         """
4800         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4801
4802         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4803         """
4804         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4805
4806     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4807         """
4808         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4809
4810         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4811         """
4812         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4813
4814     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4815         """
4816         AltDown(self) -> bool
4817
4818         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4819         """
4820         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4821
4822     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4823         """
4824         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4825
4826         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4827         """
4828         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4829
4830     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4831         """
4832         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4833
4834         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4835         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4836         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4837         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4838         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4839         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4840         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4841         """
4842         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4843
4844     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4845         """
4846         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4847
4848         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4849         """
4850         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4851
4852     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4853         """
4854         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4855
4856         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4857         """
4858         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4859
4860     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4861         """
4862         RightDown(self) -> bool
4863
4864         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4865         """
4866         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4867
4868     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4869         """
4870         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4871
4872         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4873         """
4874         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4875
4876     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4877         """
4878         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4879
4880         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4881         """
4882         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4883
4884     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4885         """
4886         RightUp(self) -> bool
4887
4888         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4889         """
4890         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4891
4892     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4893         """
4894         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4895
4896         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4897         """
4898         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4899
4900     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4901         """
4902         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4903
4904         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4905         """
4906         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4907
4908     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4909         """
4910         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4911
4912         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4913         """
4914         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4915
4916     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4917         """
4918         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4919
4920         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4921         of the current event type.
4922
4923         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4924         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4925         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4926
4927         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4928         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4929         dragging the mouse.
4930         """
4931         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4932
4933     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4934         """
4935         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4936
4937         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4938         of the current event type.
4939         """
4940         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4941
4942     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4943         """
4944         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4945
4946         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4947         of the current event type.
4948         """
4949         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4952         """
4953         Dragging(self) -> bool
4954
4955         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4956         depressed).
4957         """
4958         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4959
4960     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4961         """
4962         Moving(self) -> bool
4963
4964         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4965         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4966         false and Dragging returns true.
4967         """
4968         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4969
4970     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4971         """
4972         Entering(self) -> bool
4973
4974         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4975         """
4976         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4977
4978     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4979         """
4980         Leaving(self) -> bool
4981
4982         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4983         """
4984         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4985
4986     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4987         """
4988         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4989
4990         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4991         event happened.
4992         """
4993         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4994
4995     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4996         """
4997         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4998
4999         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5000         event happened.
5001         """
5002         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5003
5004     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5005         """
5006         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
5007
5008         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
5009         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
5010         that the window has been scrolled).
5011         """
5012         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5013
5014     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5015         """
5016         GetX(self) -> int
5017
5018         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5019         """
5020         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5021
5022     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5023         """
5024         GetY(self) -> int
5025
5026         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5027         """
5028         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5029
5030     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
5031         """
5032         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
5033
5034         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
5035         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
5036         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
5037         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
5038         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
5039         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
5040         have been accumulated before scrolling.
5041         """
5042         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
5043
5044     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
5045         """
5046         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
5047
5048         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
5049         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
5050         should occur for each delta.
5051         """
5052         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
5053
5054     def GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs):
5055         """
5056         GetWheelAxis(self) -> int
5057
5058         Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on
5059         most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls
5060         or horizontal trackpad scrolling.
5061         """
5062         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs)
5063
5064     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
5065         """
5066         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
5067
5068         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
5069         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
5070         """
5071         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
5072
5073     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
5074         """
5075         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
5076
5077         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
5078         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
5079         """
5080         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
5081
5082     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
5083     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
5084     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
5085     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
5086     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
5087     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5088     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5089     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
5090     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5091     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
5092     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
5093     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
5094     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
5095     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
5096     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
5097     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5098     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
5099     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
5100     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5101     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5102 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
5103
5104 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5105
5106 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
5107     """
5108     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
5109     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
5110     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
5111     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
5112     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
5113     """
5114     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5115     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5116     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5117         """
5118         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
5119
5120         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
5121         """
5122         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5123     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5124         """
5125         GetX(self) -> int
5126
5127         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5128         """
5129         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5130
5131     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5132         """
5133         GetY(self) -> int
5134
5135         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5136         """
5137         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5138
5139     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5140         """
5141         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
5142
5143         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
5144         """
5145         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5146
5147     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5148         """
5149         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5150
5151         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5152         """
5153         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5154
5155     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5156         """
5157         HasCursor(self) -> bool
5158
5159         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5160         """
5161         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5162
5163     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
5164     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5165     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5166 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
5167
5168 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5169
5170 class KeyEvent(Event):
5171     """
5172     This event class contains information about keypress and character
5173     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5174     the keyboard focus.
5175
5176     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5177     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5178     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5179     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5180     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5181     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5182     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5183     corresponding to each down one.
5184
5185     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5186     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5187     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5188     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5189     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5190     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5191     example.
5192
5193     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5194     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5195     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5196     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5197     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5198     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5199     well.
5200
5201     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5202     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5203     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5204     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5205     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5206     by the system itself.
5207
5208     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5209     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5210     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5211     the ASCII value of this key combination.
5212
5213     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5214     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5215     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5216     focus.
5217
5218     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5219     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5220     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5221     types of events to be a bit simpler.
5222
5223     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5224     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5225     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5226     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5227
5228     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5229     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5230     work under Windows.
5231
5232     """
5233     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5234     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5235     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5236         """
5237         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5238
5239         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
5240             *
5241         """
5242         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5243     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5244         """
5245         GetModifiers(self) -> int
5246
5247         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
5248         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
5249         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
5250         example::
5251
5252             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
5253                 DoSomething()
5254
5255         """
5256         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5257
5258     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
5259         """
5260         ControlDown(self) -> bool
5261
5262         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5263         """
5264         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
5265
5266     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
5267         """
5268         MetaDown(self) -> bool
5269
5270         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5271         """
5272         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
5273
5274     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
5275         """
5276         AltDown(self) -> bool
5277
5278         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5279         """
5280         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
5281
5282     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5283         """
5284         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5285
5286         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5287         """
5288         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5289
5290     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5291         """
5292         CmdDown(self) -> bool
5293
5294         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5295         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5296         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5297         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5298         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5299         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5300         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5301         """
5302         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5303
5304     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5305         """
5306         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5307
5308         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5309         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5310         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5311         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5312         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5313         normally).
5314         """
5315         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5316
5317     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5318         """
5319         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5320
5321         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5322         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5323         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5324         codes.
5325
5326         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5327         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5328         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5329         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5330         """
5331         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5332
5333     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5334         """
5335         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5336
5337         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
5338         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5339         """
5340         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5341
5342     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5343     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5344         """
5345         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5346
5347         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5348         build of wxPython.
5349         """
5350         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5351
5352     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5353         """
5354         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5355
5356         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5357         scan code which should only be used in advanced
5358         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5359         ports.
5360         """
5361         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5362
5363     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5364         """
5365         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5366
5367         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5368         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5369         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5370         """
5371         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5372
5373     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5374         """
5375         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5376
5377         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5378         """
5379         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5380
5381     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5382         """
5383         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5384
5385         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5386         """
5387         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5388
5389     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5390         """
5391         GetX(self) -> int
5392
5393         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5394         applicable.
5395         """
5396         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5397
5398     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5399         """
5400         GetY(self) -> int
5401
5402         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5403         applicable.
5404         """
5405         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5406
5407     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5408     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5409     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5410     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5411     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5412     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5413     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5414     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5415     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5416     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5417     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5418     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5419     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5420     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5421     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5422     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5423     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5424     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5425 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5426
5427 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5428
5429 class SizeEvent(Event):
5430     """
5431     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5432     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5433     been resized.
5434
5435     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5436     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5437     application.
5438
5439     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5440     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5441     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5442     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5443     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5444     invalidate the entire window.
5445
5446     """
5447     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5448     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5449     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5450         """
5451         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5452
5453         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5454         """
5455         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5456     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5457         """
5458         GetSize(self) -> Size
5459
5460         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5461         event.
5462         """
5463         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5464
5465     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5466         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5467         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5468
5469     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5470         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5471         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5472
5473     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5474         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5475         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5476
5477     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5478     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5479     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5480     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5481 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5482
5483 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5484
5485 class MoveEvent(Event):
5486     """
5487     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5488     moved to a new position.
5489     """
5490     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5491     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5492     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5493         """
5494         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5495
5496         Constructor.
5497         """
5498         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5499     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5500         """
5501         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5502
5503         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5504         """
5505         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5506
5507     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5508         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5509         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5510
5511     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5512         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5513         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5514
5515     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5516         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5517         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5518
5519     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5520     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5521
5522     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5523     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5524 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5525
5526 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5527
5528 class PaintEvent(Event):
5529     """
5530     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5531     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5532     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5533     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5534     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5535
5536     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5537     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5538     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5539     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5540     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5541     scrolled units.
5542
5543     """
5544     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5545     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5546     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5547         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5548         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5549 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5550
5551 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5552     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5553     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5554     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5555     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5556         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5557         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5558 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5559
5560 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5561
5562 class EraseEvent(Event):
5563     """
5564     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5565     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5566     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5567     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5568
5569     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5570     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5571     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5572
5573     """
5574     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5575     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5576     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5577         """
5578         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5579
5580         Constructor
5581         """
5582         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5583     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5584         """
5585         GetDC(self) -> DC
5586
5587         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5588         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5589         that instead.
5590         """
5591         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5592
5593     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5594 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5595
5596 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5597
5598 class FocusEvent(Event):
5599     """
5600     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5601     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5602     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5603
5604     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5605     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5606     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5607
5608     """
5609     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5610     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5611     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5612         """
5613         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5614
5615         Constructor
5616         """
5617         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5618     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5619         """
5620         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5621
5622         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5623         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5624         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5625
5626         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5627         """
5628         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5629
5630     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5631         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5632         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5633
5634     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5635 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5636
5637 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5638
5639 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5640     """
5641     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5642     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5643     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5644
5645     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5646     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5647     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5648     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5649     """
5650     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5651     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5652     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5653         """
5654         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5655
5656         Constructor
5657         """
5658         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5659     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5660         """
5661         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5662
5663         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5664         focus.
5665         """
5666         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5667
5668     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5669 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5670
5671 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5672
5673 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5674     """
5675     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5676     application is being activated or deactivated.
5677
5678     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5679     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5680     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5681     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5682     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5683     application frames being inactive.
5684
5685     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5686     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5687     doing so can result in strange effects.
5688
5689     """
5690     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5691     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5692     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5693         """
5694         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5695
5696         Constructor
5697         """
5698         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5699     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5700         """
5701         GetActive(self) -> bool
5702
5703         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5704         otherwise.
5705         """
5706         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5707
5708     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5709 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5710
5711 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5712
5713 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5714     """
5715     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5716     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5717     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5718     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5719     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5720     """
5721     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5722     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5723     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5724         """
5725         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5726
5727         Constructor
5728         """
5729         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5730 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5731
5732 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5733
5734 class MenuEvent(Event):
5735     """
5736     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5737     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5738     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5739
5740     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5741     text in the first field of the status bar.
5742     """
5743     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5744     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5745     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5746         """
5747         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5748
5749         Constructor
5750         """
5751         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5752     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5753         """
5754         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5755
5756         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5757         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5758         """
5759         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5760
5761     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5762         """
5763         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5764
5765         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5766         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5767         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5768         """
5769         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5770
5771     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5772         """
5773         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5774
5775         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5776         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5777         """
5778         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5779
5780     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5781     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5782 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5783
5784 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5785
5786 class CloseEvent(Event):
5787     """
5788     This event class contains information about window and session close
5789     events.
5790
5791     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5792     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5793     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5794     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5795     function.
5796
5797     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5798     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5799     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5800     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5801     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5802     files or to cancel the close.
5803
5804     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5805     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5806     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5807     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5808     """
5809     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5810     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5811     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5812         """
5813         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5814
5815         Constructor.
5816         """
5817         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5818     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5819         """
5820         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5821
5822         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5823         """
5824         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5825
5826     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5827         """
5828         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5829
5830         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5831         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5832         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5833         window event.
5834         """
5835         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5836
5837     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5838         """
5839         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5840
5841         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5842         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5843
5844         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5845         """
5846         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5847
5848     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5849         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5850         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5851
5852     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5853         """
5854         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5855
5856         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5857         """
5858         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5859
5860     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5861         """
5862         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5863
5864         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5865         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5866         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5867         must be called to check this.
5868         """
5869         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5870
5871     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5872 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5873
5874 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5875
5876 class ShowEvent(Event):
5877     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5878     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5879     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5880     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5881         """
5882         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5883
5884         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5885         """
5886         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5887     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5888         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5889         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5890
5891     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5892         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5893         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5894
5895     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5896 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5897
5898 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5899
5900 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5901     """
5902     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5903     restored.
5904     """
5905     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5906     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5907     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5908         """
5909         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5910
5911         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5912         restored.
5913         """
5914         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5915     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5916         """
5917         Iconized(self) -> bool
5918
5919         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5920         been restored.
5921         """
5922         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5923
5924 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5925
5926 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5927
5928 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5929     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5930     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5931     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5933         """
5934         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5935
5936         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5937         """
5938         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5939 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5940
5941 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5942
5943 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5944     """
5945     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5946     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5947     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5948     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5949
5950     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5951     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5952     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5953     dropping files.
5954
5955     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5956     events.
5957
5958     """
5959     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5960     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5961     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5962     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5963         """
5964         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5965
5966         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5967         """
5968         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5969
5970     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5971         """
5972         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5973
5974         Returns the number of files dropped.
5975         """
5976         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5977
5978     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5979         """
5980         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5981
5982         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5983         """
5984         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5985
5986     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5987     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5988     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5989 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5990
5991 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5992
5993 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5994 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5995 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5996     """
5997     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5998     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5999     interface elements.
6000
6001     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
6002     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
6003     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
6004     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
6005     menu item or button.
6006
6007     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
6008     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
6009     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
6010     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
6011     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
6012     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
6013     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
6014
6015     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
6016     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
6017     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
6018     update.
6019
6020     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
6021     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
6022     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
6023
6024     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
6025     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
6026
6027        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
6028           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
6029           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
6030           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
6031           events.
6032
6033        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
6034           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
6035           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
6036           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
6037           delay before windows are updated.
6038
6039     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
6040     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
6041     from an internal idle handler.
6042
6043     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
6044     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
6045     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
6046
6047     """
6048     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6049     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6050     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6051         """
6052         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6053
6054         Constructor
6055         """
6056         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6057     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6058         """
6059         GetChecked(self) -> bool
6060
6061         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6062         """
6063         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6064
6065     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6066         """
6067         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6068
6069         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6070         """
6071         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6072
6073     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6074         """
6075         GetShown(self) -> bool
6076
6077         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
6078         """
6079         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6080
6081     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
6082         """
6083         GetText(self) -> String
6084
6085         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6086         """
6087         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
6088
6089     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
6090         """
6091         GetSetText(self) -> bool
6092
6093         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6094         wxWidgets internal use only.
6095         """
6096         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
6097
6098     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6099         """
6100         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6101
6102         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6103         internal use only.
6104         """
6105         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6106
6107     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6108         """
6109         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6110
6111         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6112         internal use only.
6113         """
6114         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6115
6116     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6117         """
6118         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
6119
6120         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
6121         internal use only.
6122         """
6123         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6124
6125     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
6126         """
6127         Check(self, bool check)
6128
6129         Check or uncheck the UI element.
6130         """
6131         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
6132
6133     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
6134         """
6135         Enable(self, bool enable)
6136
6137         Enable or disable the UI element.
6138         """
6139         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
6140
6141     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
6142         """
6143         Show(self, bool show)
6144
6145         Show or hide the UI element.
6146         """
6147         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
6148
6149     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
6150         """
6151         SetText(self, String text)
6152
6153         Sets the text for this UI element.
6154         """
6155         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
6156
6157     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6158         """
6159         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6160
6161         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6162         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6163         default is 0.
6164
6165         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6166         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6167         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6168         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6169         about to be shown.
6170         """
6171         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6172
6173     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
6174     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6175         """
6176         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6177
6178         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6179         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6180         """
6181         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6182
6183     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
6184     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6185         """
6186         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6187
6188         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6189         to) this window.
6190
6191         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6192         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6193         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6194         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6195         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6196         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6197         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6198         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6199         interval.
6200
6201         """
6202         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6203
6204     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
6205     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
6206         """
6207         ResetUpdateTime()
6208
6209         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6210         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6211         is called at the end of idle processing.
6212         """
6213         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
6214
6215     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
6216     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         SetMode(int mode)
6219
6220         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6221         to those which specify that they will process the events.
6222
6223         The mode may be one of the following values:
6224
6225             =============================   ==========================================
6226             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6227                                             is the default setting.
6228             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6229                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6230                                             style set.
6231             =============================   ==========================================
6232
6233         """
6234         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6235
6236     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6237     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6238         """
6239         GetMode() -> int
6240
6241         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6242         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6243         events.
6244         """
6245         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6246
6247     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6248     Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
6249     Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
6250     Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
6251     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
6252 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
6253
6254 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6255   """
6256     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6257
6258     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6259     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6260     default is 0.
6261
6262     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6263     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6264     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6265     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6266     about to be shown.
6267     """
6268   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6269
6270 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
6271   """
6272     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6273
6274     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6275     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6276     """
6277   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
6278
6279 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6280   """
6281     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6282
6283     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6284     to) this window.
6285
6286     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6287     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6288     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6289     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6290     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6291     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6292     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6293     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6294     interval.
6295
6296     """
6297   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6298
6299 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6300   """
6301     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6302
6303     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6304     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6305     is called at the end of idle processing.
6306     """
6307   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6308
6309 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6310   """
6311     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6312
6313     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6314     to those which specify that they will process the events.
6315
6316     The mode may be one of the following values:
6317
6318         =============================   ==========================================
6319         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
6320                                         is the default setting.
6321         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
6322                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6323                                         style set.
6324         =============================   ==========================================
6325
6326     """
6327   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6328
6329 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6330   """
6331     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6332
6333     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6334     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6335     events.
6336     """
6337   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6338
6339 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6340
6341 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6342     """
6343     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6344     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6345     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6346
6347     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6348     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6349     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6350     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6351     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6352
6353     """
6354     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6355     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6356     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6357         """
6358         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6359
6360         Constructor
6361         """
6362         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6363 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6364
6365 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6366
6367 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6368     """
6369     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6370     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6371     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6372     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6373     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6374
6375     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6376     """
6377     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6378     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6379     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6380         """
6381         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6382
6383         Constructor
6384         """
6385         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6386     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6387         """
6388         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6389
6390         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6391         non-wxWidgets window.
6392         """
6393         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6394
6395     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6396 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6397
6398 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6399
6400 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6401     """
6402     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6403     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6404     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6405     the mouse.
6406
6407     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6408     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6409     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6410     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6411     ReleaseMouse.
6412
6413     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6414
6415     """
6416     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6417     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6418     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6419         """
6420         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6421
6422         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6423         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6424         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6425         the mouse.
6426
6427         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6428         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6429         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6430         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6431         ReleaseMouse.
6432
6433         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6434
6435         """
6436         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6437 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6438
6439 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6440
6441 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6442     """
6443     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6444     resolution has changed.
6445
6446     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6447     """
6448     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6449     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6450     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6451         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6452         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6453 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6454
6455 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6456
6457 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6458     """
6459     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6460     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6461     match.
6462
6463     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6464     """
6465     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6466     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6467     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6468         """
6469         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6470
6471         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6472         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6473         match.
6474
6475         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6476         """
6477         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6478     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6479         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6480         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6481
6482     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6483         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6484         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6485
6486     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6487 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6488
6489 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6490
6491 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6492     """
6493     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6494     focus and should re-do its palette.
6495
6496     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6497     """
6498     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6499     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6500     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6501         """
6502         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6503
6504         Constructor.
6505         """
6506         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6507     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6508         """
6509         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6510
6511         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6512         """
6513         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6514
6515     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6516         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6517         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6518
6519     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6520 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6521
6522 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6523
6524 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6525     """
6526     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6527     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6528     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6529     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6530     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6531     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6532     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6533     """
6534     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6535     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6536     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6537         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6538         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6539     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6540         """
6541         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6542
6543         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6544         """
6545         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6546
6547     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6548         """
6549         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6550
6551         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6552         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6553         """
6554         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6555
6556     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6557         """
6558         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6559
6560         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6561         """
6562         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6563
6564     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6565         """
6566         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6567
6568         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6569         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6570         by using Control-Tab.
6571         """
6572         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6573
6574     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6575         """
6576         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6577
6578         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6579         key.
6580         """
6581         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6582
6583     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6584         """
6585         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6586
6587         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6588         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6589         """
6590         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6591
6592     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6593         """
6594         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6595
6596         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6597
6598             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6599             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6600             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6601             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6602
6603         """
6604         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6605
6606     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6607         """
6608         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6609
6610         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6611         ``None``.
6612         """
6613         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6614
6615     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6616         """
6617         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6618
6619         Set the window that has the focus.
6620         """
6621         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6622
6623     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6624     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6625     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6626     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6627     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6628     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6629 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6630
6631 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6632
6633 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6634     """
6635     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6636     underlying GUI object) exists.
6637     """
6638     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6639     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6640     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6641         """
6642         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6643
6644         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6645         underlying GUI object) exists.
6646         """
6647         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6648     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6649         """
6650         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6651
6652         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6653         """
6654         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6655
6656     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6657 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6658
6659 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6660     """
6661     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6662     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6663
6664     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6665     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6666     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6667     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6668     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6669     notification of the destruction of another window.
6670     """
6671     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6672     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6673     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6674         """
6675         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6676
6677         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6678         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6679
6680         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6681         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6682         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6683         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6684         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6685         notification of the destruction of another window.
6686         """
6687         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6688     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6689         """
6690         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6691
6692         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6693         """
6694         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6695
6696     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6697 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6698
6699 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6700
6701 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6702     """
6703     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6704     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6705     """
6706     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6707     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6708     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6709         """
6710         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6711
6712         Constructor.
6713         """
6714         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6715     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6716         """
6717         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6718
6719         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6720         be shown.
6721         """
6722         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6723
6724     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6725         """
6726         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6727
6728         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6729         """
6730         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6731
6732     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6733 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6734
6735 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6736
6737 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6738 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6739 class IdleEvent(Event):
6740     """
6741     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6742     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6743     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6744     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6745     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6746     events and then becomes empty again.
6747
6748     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6749     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6750     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6751     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6752     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6753     to those windows and not to any others.
6754     """
6755     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6756     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6757     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6758         """
6759         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6760
6761         Constructor
6762         """
6763         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6764     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6765         """
6766         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6767
6768         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6769         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6770         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6771         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6772         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6773         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6774         system.
6775         """
6776         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6777
6778     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6779         """
6780         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6781
6782         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6783         requested more processing time.
6784         """
6785         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6786
6787     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6788         """
6789         SetMode(int mode)
6790
6791         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6792         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6793         events.
6794
6795         The mode can be one of the following values:
6796
6797             =========================   ========================================
6798             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6799             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6800                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6801                                         flag set.
6802             =========================   ========================================
6803
6804         """
6805         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6806
6807     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6808     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6809         """
6810         GetMode() -> int
6811
6812         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6813         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6814         will process the events.
6815         """
6816         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6817
6818     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6819     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6820         """
6821         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6822
6823         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6824         window.
6825
6826         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6827         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6828         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6829         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6830         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6831         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6832         """
6833         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6834
6835     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6836 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6837
6838 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6839   """
6840     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6841
6842     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6843     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6844     events.
6845
6846     The mode can be one of the following values:
6847
6848         =========================   ========================================
6849         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6850         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6851                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6852                                     flag set.
6853         =========================   ========================================
6854
6855     """
6856   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6857
6858 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6859   """
6860     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6861
6862     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6863     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6864     will process the events.
6865     """
6866   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6867
6868 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6869   """
6870     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6871
6872     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6873     window.
6874
6875     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6876     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6877     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6878     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6879     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6880     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6881     """
6882   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6883
6884 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6885
6886 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6887     """
6888     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6889     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6890     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6891     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6892     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6893     """
6894     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6895     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6896     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6897         """
6898         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6899
6900         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6901         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6902         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6903         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6904         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6905         """
6906         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6907 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6908
6909 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6910
6911 class PyEvent(Event):
6912     """
6913     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6914     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6915     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6916     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6917     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6918
6919     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6920
6921     """
6922     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6923     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6924     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6925         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6926         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6927         self._SetSelf(self)
6928
6929     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6930     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6931     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6932         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6933         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6934
6935     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6936         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6937         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6938
6939 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6940
6941 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6942     """
6943     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6944     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6945     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6946     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6947     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6948     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6949
6950     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6951
6952     """
6953     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6954     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6955     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6956         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6957         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6958         self._SetSelf(self)
6959
6960     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6961     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6962     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6963         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6964         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6965
6966     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6967         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6968         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6969
6970 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6971
6972 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6973     """
6974     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6975     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6976     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6977     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6978     """
6979     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6980     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6981     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6982         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6983         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6984     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6985         """
6986         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6987
6988         Returns the date.
6989         """
6990         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6991
6992     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6993         """
6994         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6995
6996         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6997         internally.
6998         """
6999         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7000
7001     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
7002 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
7003
7004 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
7005 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
7006
7007 class EventBlocker(EvtHandler):
7008     """Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window."""
7009     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7010     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7011     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7012         """
7013         __init__(self, Window win, EventType type=wxEVT_ANY) -> EventBlocker
7014
7015         Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window.
7016         """
7017         _core_.EventBlocker_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventBlocker(*args, **kwargs))
7018     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventBlocker
7019     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7020     def Block(*args, **kwargs):
7021         """Block(self, EventType type)"""
7022         return _core_.EventBlocker_Block(*args, **kwargs)
7023
7024 _core_.EventBlocker_swigregister(EventBlocker)
7025
7026 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7027
7028 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
7029 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
7030 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
7031 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
7032 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
7033 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
7034 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
7035     """
7036     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
7037     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
7038     """
7039     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7040     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7041     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7042         """
7043         __init__(self) -> PyApp
7044
7045         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7046         """
7047         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
7048         self._setOORInfo(self, False);PyApp._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyApp)
7049
7050     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
7051     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7052     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
7053         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)"""
7054         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
7055
7056     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7057         """
7058         GetAppName(self) -> String
7059
7060         Get the application name.
7061         """
7062         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7063
7064     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7065         """
7066         SetAppName(self, String name)
7067
7068         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7069         `wx.Config` and such.
7070         """
7071         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7072
7073     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7074         """
7075         GetClassName(self) -> String
7076
7077         Get the application's class name.
7078         """
7079         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7080
7081     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7082         """
7083         SetClassName(self, String name)
7084
7085         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7086         X-resources if applicable for the platform
7087         """
7088         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7089
7090     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7091         """
7092         GetVendorName(self) -> String
7093
7094         Get the application's vendor name.
7095         """
7096         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7097
7098     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7099         """
7100         SetVendorName(self, String name)
7101
7102         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7103         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7104         """
7105         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7106
7107     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
7108         """
7109         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7110
7111         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7112         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7113         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7114         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7115         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7116         differences behind the common facade.
7117
7118         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7119         """
7120         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
7121
7122     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7123         """
7124         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7125
7126         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7127         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7128         during each event loop iteration.
7129         """
7130         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7131
7132     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
7133         """
7134         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7135
7136         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7137         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
7138         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7139
7140         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7141               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7142               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7143               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7144
7145         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7146
7147         """
7148         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
7149
7150     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7151         """
7152         WakeUpIdle(self)
7153
7154         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7155         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7156         """
7157         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7158
7159     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7160         """
7161         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7162
7163         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7164         currently be dispatched.
7165         """
7166         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7167
7168     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
7169     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7170         """
7171         MainLoop(self) -> int
7172
7173         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7174         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7175         """
7176         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7177
7178     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7179         """
7180         Exit(self)
7181
7182         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7183         :see: `wx.Exit`
7184         """
7185         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7186
7187     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7188         """
7189         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7190
7191         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
7192         """
7193         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7194
7195     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7196         """
7197         ExitMainLoop(self)
7198
7199         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7200         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7201         """
7202         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7203
7204     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7205         """
7206         Pending(self) -> bool
7207
7208         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7209         """
7210         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7211
7212     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7213         """
7214         Dispatch(self) -> bool
7215
7216         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7217         appears if there are none currently)
7218         """
7219         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7220
7221     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7222         """
7223         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7224
7225         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7226         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7227         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7228         """
7229         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7230
7231     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7232         """
7233         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7234
7235         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
7236         idle time is requested.
7237         """
7238         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7239
7240     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
7241         """
7242         IsActive(self) -> bool
7243
7244         Return True if our app has focus.
7245         """
7246         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
7247
7248     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7249         """
7250         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7251
7252         Set the *main* top level window
7253         """
7254         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7255
7256     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7257         """
7258         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7259
7260         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7261         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7262         there not any, will return None)
7263         """
7264         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7265
7266     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7267         """
7268         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7269
7270         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7271         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7272         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7273         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7274         explicitly from somewhere.
7275         """
7276         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7277
7278     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7279         """
7280         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7281
7282         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7283         """
7284         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7285
7286     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7287         """
7288         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False)
7289
7290         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7291         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7292         """
7293         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7294
7295     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7296         """
7297         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7298
7299         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7300         """
7301         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7302
7303     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7304         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7305         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7306
7307     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7308         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7309         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7310
7311     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7312         """
7313         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7314
7315         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7316         """
7317         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7318
7319     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7320         """
7321         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7322
7323         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7324         """
7325         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7326
7327     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7328         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7329         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7330
7331     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7332     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7333         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7334         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7335
7336     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7337     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7338         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7339         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7340
7341     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7342     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7343         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7344         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7345
7346     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7347     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7348         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7349         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7350
7351     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7352     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7353         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7354         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7355
7356     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7357     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7358         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7359         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7360
7361     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7362     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7363         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7364         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7365
7366     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7367     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7368         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7369         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7370
7371     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7372     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7373         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7374         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7375
7376     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7377     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7378         """
7379         _BootstrapApp(self)
7380
7381         For internal use only
7382         """
7383         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7384
7385     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7386         """
7387         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7388
7389         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7390         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7391         """
7392         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7393
7394     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7395     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7396         """
7397         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7398
7399         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7400         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7401
7402            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7403              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7404              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7405
7406            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7407              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7408              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7409              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7410
7411            * On MS Windows...
7412
7413         """
7414         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7415
7416     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7417     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7418     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7419     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7420     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7421     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7422     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7423     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7424     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7425     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7426     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7427     Active = property(IsActive)
7428 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7429
7430 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7431   """
7432     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7433
7434     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7435     currently be dispatched.
7436     """
7437   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7438
7439 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7440   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7441   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7442
7443 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7444   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7445   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7446
7447 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7448   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7449   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7450
7451 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7452   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7453   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7454
7455 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7456   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7457   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7458
7459 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7460   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7461   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7462
7463 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7464   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7465   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7466
7467 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7468   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7469   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7470
7471 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7472   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7473   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7474
7475 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7476   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7477   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7478
7479 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7480   """
7481     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7482
7483     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7484     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7485     """
7486   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7487
7488 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7489   """
7490     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7491
7492     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7493     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7494
7495        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7496          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7497          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7498
7499        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7500          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7501          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7502          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7503
7504        * On MS Windows...
7505
7506     """
7507   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7508
7509 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7510
7511
7512 def Exit(*args):
7513   """
7514     Exit()
7515
7516     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7517     """
7518   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7519
7520 def Yield(*args):
7521   """
7522     Yield() -> bool
7523
7524     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7525     """
7526   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7527
7528 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7529   """
7530     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7531
7532     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7533     """
7534   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7535
7536 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7537   """
7538     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7539
7540     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7541     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7542     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7543     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7544     interaction.
7545
7546     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7547     """
7548   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7549
7550 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7551   """
7552     WakeUpIdle()
7553
7554     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7555     sent.
7556     """
7557   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7558
7559 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7560   """
7561     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7562
7563     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7564     later.
7565     """
7566   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7567
7568 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7569   """
7570     App_CleanUp()
7571
7572     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7573     Python shuts down.
7574     """
7575   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7576
7577 def GetApp(*args):
7578   """
7579     GetApp() -> PyApp
7580
7581     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7582     """
7583   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7584
7585 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7586   """
7587     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7588
7589     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7590     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7591
7592     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7593     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7594     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7595     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7596     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7597     """
7598   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7599
7600 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7601   """
7602     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7603
7604     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7605     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7606     """
7607   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7608 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7609
7610 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7611     """
7612     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7613     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7614     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7615     and write the text there.
7616     """
7617     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7618         self.frame  = None
7619         self.title  = title
7620         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7621         self.size   = (450, 300)
7622         self.parent = None
7623
7624     def SetParent(self, parent):
7625         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7626         self.parent = parent
7627
7628
7629     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7630         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7631                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7632         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7633                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7634         self.text.AppendText(st)
7635         self.frame.Show(True)
7636         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7637
7638
7639     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7640         if self.frame is not None:
7641             self.frame.Destroy()
7642         self.frame = None
7643         self.text  = None
7644
7645
7646     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7647     def write(self, text):
7648         """
7649         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7650         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7651         CallAfter to do the work there.
7652         """
7653         if self.frame is None:
7654             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7655                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7656             else:
7657                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7658         else:
7659             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7660                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7661             else:
7662                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7663
7664
7665     def close(self):
7666         if self.frame is not None:
7667             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7668
7669
7670     def flush(self):
7671         pass
7672
7673
7674
7675 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7676
7677 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7678
7679 class App(wx.PyApp):
7680     """
7681     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7682
7683       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7684         gui toolkit
7685       * set and get application-wide properties
7686       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7687         and to dispatch events to window instances
7688       * etc.
7689
7690     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7691     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7692     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7693     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7694
7695     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7696     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7697     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7698
7699     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7700            directly.
7701     """
7702
7703     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7704
7705     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7706                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7707         """
7708         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7709
7710         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7711             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7712             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7713             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7714             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7715             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7716             class of your choosing.)
7717
7718         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7719             redirect is True.
7720
7721         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7722             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7723             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7724             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7725             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7726             toolkit is initialized.
7727
7728         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7729             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7730             GUI apps will.
7731
7732         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7733             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7734             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7735         """
7736
7737         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7738
7739         # make sure we can create a GUI
7740         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7741
7742             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7743                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7744 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7745 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7746
7747             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7748                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7749
7750             else:
7751                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7752                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7753
7754             raise SystemExit(msg)
7755
7756         # This has to be done before OnInit
7757         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7758
7759         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7760         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7761         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7762         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7763         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7764         # expected (depending on platform.)
7765         if clearSigInt:
7766             try:
7767                 import signal
7768                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7769             except:
7770                 pass
7771
7772         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7773         self.stdioWin = None
7774         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7775         if redirect:
7776             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7777
7778         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7779         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7780
7781         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one.
7782         wx.SystemOptions.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1)
7783
7784         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7785         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7786         self._BootstrapApp()
7787
7788
7789     def OnPreInit(self):
7790         """
7791         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7792         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7793         that OnInit is called.
7794         """
7795         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7796
7797
7798     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7799         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7800         destroy(self)
7801
7802     def Destroy(self):
7803         self.this.own(False)
7804         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7805
7806     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7807         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7808         if self.stdioWin:
7809             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7810         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7811
7812
7813     def MainLoop(self):
7814         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7815         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7816         self.RestoreStdio()
7817
7818
7819     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7820         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7821         if filename:
7822             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7823         else:
7824             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7825             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7826
7827
7828     def RestoreStdio(self):
7829         try:
7830             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7831         except:
7832             pass
7833
7834
7835     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7836         """
7837         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7838         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7839         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7840         """
7841         if self.stdioWin:
7842             if title is not None:
7843                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7844             if pos is not None:
7845                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7846             if size is not None:
7847                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7853 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7854 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7855 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7856 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7857 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7858 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7859 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7860 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7861 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7862 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7863 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7864
7865 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7866
7867 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7868     """
7869     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7870     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7871     about OnInit.  For example::
7872
7873         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7874         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7875         frame.Show()
7876         app.MainLoop()
7877
7878     :see: `wx.App`
7879     """
7880
7881     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7882                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7883         """
7884         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7885         """
7886         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7887
7888     def OnInit(self):
7889         return True
7890
7891
7892
7893 # Is anybody using this one?
7894 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7895     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7896         self.size = size
7897         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7898
7899     def OnInit(self):
7900         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7901         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7902         return True
7903
7904     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7905         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7906         self.frame.Show(True)
7907
7908 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7909 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7910 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7911 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7912 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7913
7914 class __wxPyCleanup:
7915     def __init__(self):
7916         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7917     def __del__(self):
7918         self.cleanup()
7919
7920 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7921
7922 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7923 ## import atexit
7924 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7925
7926
7927 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7928
7929 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7930
7931 class EventLoop(object):
7932     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7933     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7934     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7935     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7936         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7937         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7938     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7939     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7940     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7941         """Run(self) -> int"""
7942         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7943
7944     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7945         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7946         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7947
7948     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7949         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7950         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7951
7952     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7953         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7954         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7955
7956     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7957         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7958         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7959
7960     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7961         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7962         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7963
7964     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7965     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7966         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7967         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7968
7969     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7970 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7971
7972 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7973   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7974   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7975
7976 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7977   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7978   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7979
7980 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7981     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7982     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7983     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7984     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7985         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7986         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7987     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7988     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7989 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7990
7991 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7992
7993 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7994 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7995 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7996 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7997 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7998 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7999     """
8000     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
8001     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
8002     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
8003     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
8004
8005     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
8006     """
8007     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8008     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8009     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8010         """
8011         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
8012
8013         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8014         """
8015         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
8016     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
8017     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8018     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
8019         """
8020         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
8021
8022         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8023         :see `__init__`
8024         """
8025         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8028         """
8029         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8030
8031         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8032         it coulnd't be parsed.
8033         """
8034         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8035
8036     Create = staticmethod(Create)
8037     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
8038         """
8039         GetFlags(self) -> int
8040
8041         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
8042         """
8043         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
8044
8045     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
8046         """
8047         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
8048
8049         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
8050         """
8051         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
8052
8053     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
8054         """
8055         GetCommand(self) -> int
8056
8057         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
8058         """
8059         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
8060
8061     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8062         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8063         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8064
8065     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
8066         """
8067         ToString(self) -> String
8068
8069         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
8070         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
8071         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
8072
8073         """
8074         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
8075
8076     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
8077         """
8078         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
8079
8080         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
8081         """
8082         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
8083
8084     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
8085     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
8086     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
8087 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
8088
8089 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
8090   """
8091     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8092
8093     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8094     it coulnd't be parsed.
8095     """
8096   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8097
8098 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
8099     """
8100     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
8101     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
8102     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
8103     supported.
8104     """
8105     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8106     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8107     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8108         """
8109         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
8110
8111         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8112         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
8113
8114         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8115         """
8116         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
8117     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
8118     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8119     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8120         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8121         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8122
8123     Ok = IsOk
8124 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
8125
8126 def GetAccelFromString(label):
8127     entry = AcceleratorEntry()
8128     entry.FromString(label)
8129     return entry
8130
8131 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8132
8133 class VisualAttributes(object):
8134     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8135     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8136     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8137     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8138         """
8139         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8140
8141         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8142         """
8143         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
8144     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
8145     __del__ = lambda self : None;
8146     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
8147     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
8148     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
8149 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
8150 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
8151 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
8152
8153 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8154 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8155 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8156 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8157 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8158 class Window(EvtHandler):
8159     """
8160     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8161     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8162     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8163     appear on screen themselves.
8164
8165     """
8166     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8167     __repr__ = _swig_repr
8168     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8169         """
8170         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8171             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8172
8173         Construct and show a generic Window.
8174         """
8175         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
8176         self._setOORInfo(self)
8177
8178     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8179         """
8180         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8181             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8182
8183         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8184         """
8185         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8186
8187     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
8188         """
8189         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8190
8191         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8192         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8193         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8194         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8195         """
8196         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
8197
8198     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
8199         """
8200         Destroy(self) -> bool
8201
8202         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8203         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8204         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8205         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8206         non-existent windows.
8207
8208         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8209         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8210         """
8211         args[0].this.own(False)
8212         return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
8213
8214     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8215         """
8216         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8217
8218         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8219         destructor.
8220         """
8221         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8222
8223     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
8224         """
8225         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8226
8227         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8228         """
8229         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
8230
8231     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8232         """
8233         SetLabel(self, String label)
8234
8235         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8236         """
8237         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8238
8239     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8240         """
8241         GetLabel(self) -> String
8242
8243         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8244         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8245         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8246         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8247         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8248         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8249         """
8250         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8251
8252     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
8253         """
8254         SetName(self, String name)
8255
8256         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
8257         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8258         """
8259         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
8260
8261     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
8262         """
8263         GetName(self) -> String
8264
8265         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8266         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8267         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8268         """
8269         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
8270
8271     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8272         """
8273         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8274
8275         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8276         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8277         """
8278         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8279
8280     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8281         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8282         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8283
8284     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
8285         """
8286         SetId(self, int winid)
8287
8288         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8289         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8290         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8291         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8292         """
8293         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
8294
8295     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
8296         """
8297         GetId(self) -> int
8298
8299         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
8300         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8301         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8302         generated.
8303         """
8304         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8305
8306     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8307         """
8308         NewControlId() -> int
8309
8310         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8311         """
8312         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8313
8314     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8315     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8316         """
8317         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8318
8319         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8320         autogenerated) id
8321         """
8322         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8323
8324     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8325     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8326         """
8327         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8328
8329         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8330         autogenerated) id
8331         """
8332         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8333
8334     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8335     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8336         """
8337         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8338
8339         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
8340         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8341         """
8342         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8343
8344     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8345         """
8346         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8347
8348         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8349         """
8350         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8351
8352     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8353         """
8354         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8355
8356         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8357         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8358         """
8359         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8360
8361     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8362         """
8363         SetSize(self, Size size)
8364
8365         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8366         """
8367         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8368
8369     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8370         """
8371         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8372
8373         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
8374         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8375         equal to -1.
8376
8377             ========================  ======================================
8378             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8379                                       default should be used.
8380             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
8381                                       -1 values are supplied.
8382             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8383                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
8384                                       default values.
8385             ========================  ======================================
8386
8387         """
8388         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8389
8390     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8391         """
8392         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8393
8394         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8395         """
8396         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8397
8398     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8399         """
8400         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8401
8402         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8403         """
8404         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8405
8406     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8407         """
8408         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8409
8410         Moves the window to the given position.
8411         """
8412         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8413
8414     SetPosition = Move
8415     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8416         """
8417         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8418
8419         Moves the window to the given position.
8420         """
8421         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8422
8423     def SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs):
8424         """
8425         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8426
8427         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8428         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8429         """
8430         return _core_.Window_SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs)
8431
8432     SetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(SetInitialSize, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')
8433     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8434         """
8435         Raise(self)
8436
8437         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8438         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8439         """
8440         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8441
8442     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8443         """
8444         Lower(self)
8445
8446         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8447         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8448         """
8449         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8450
8451     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8452         """
8453         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8454
8455         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8456         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8457         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8458         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8459         around panel items, for example.
8460         """
8461         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8462
8463     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8464         """
8465         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8466
8467         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8468         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8469         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8470         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8471         around panel items, for example.
8472         """
8473         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8474
8475     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8476         """
8477         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8478
8479         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8480         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8481         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8482         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8483         around panel items, for example.
8484         """
8485         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8486
8487     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8488         """
8489         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8490
8491         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8492         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8493         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8494         kinds of windows.
8495         """
8496         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8497
8498     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8499         """
8500         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8501
8502         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8503         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8504         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8505         kinds of windows.
8506         """
8507         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8508
8509     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8510         """
8511         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8512
8513         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8514         """
8515         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8516
8517     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8518         """
8519         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8520
8521         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8522         """
8523         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8524
8525     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8526         """
8527         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8528
8529         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8530         a `wx.Rect` object.
8531         """
8532         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8533
8534     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8535         """
8536         GetSize(self) -> Size
8537
8538         Get the window size.
8539         """
8540         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8541
8542     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8543         """
8544         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8545
8546         Get the window size.
8547         """
8548         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8549
8550     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8551         """
8552         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8553
8554         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8555         """
8556         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8557
8558     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8559         """
8560         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8561
8562         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8563         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8564         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8565         """
8566         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8567
8568     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8569         """
8570         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8571
8572         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8573         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8574         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8575         """
8576         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8577
8578     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8579         """
8580         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8581
8582         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8583         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8584         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8585         """
8586         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8587
8588     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8589         """
8590         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8591
8592         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8593         """
8594         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8595
8596     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8597         """
8598         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8599
8600         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8601         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8602         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8603         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8604         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8605         after calling Fit.
8606         """
8607         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8608
8609     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8610         """
8611         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8612
8613         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8614         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8615         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8616         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8617         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8618         after calling Fit.
8619         """
8620         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8621
8622     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8623         """
8624         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8625
8626         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8627         time it is needed.
8628         """
8629         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8630
8631     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8632         """
8633         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8634
8635         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8636         some properties of the window change.)
8637         """
8638         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8639
8640     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8641         """
8642         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size
8643
8644         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8645         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8646         the results.
8647
8648         """
8649         return _core_.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8650
8651     GetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(GetEffectiveMinSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8652     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self):
8653         s = self.GetBestSize()
8654         return wx.Size(max(s.width,  self.GetMinWidth()),
8655                        max(s.height, self.GetMinHeight()))
8656     GetAdjustedBestSize = wx._deprecated(GetAdjustedBestSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8657
8658     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8659         """
8660         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8661
8662         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8663         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8664         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8665         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8666         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8667         relative to the screen.
8668         """
8669         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8670
8671     Centre = Center
8672     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8673         """
8674         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8675
8676         Center with respect to the the parent window
8677         """
8678         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8679
8680     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8681     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8682         """
8683         Fit(self)
8684
8685         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8686         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8687         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8688         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8689         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8690         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8691         instead of calling Fit.
8692         """
8693         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8694
8695     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8696         """
8697         FitInside(self)
8698
8699         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8700         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8701         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8702         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8703         anything if there are no subwindows.
8704         """
8705         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8706
8707     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8708         """
8709         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8710             int incH=-1)
8711
8712         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8713         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8714         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8715         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8716         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8717         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8718
8719         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8720         """
8721         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8722
8723     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8724         """
8725         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8726
8727         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8728         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8729         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8730         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8731         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8732         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8733
8734         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8735         """
8736         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8737
8738     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8739         """
8740         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8741
8742         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8743         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8744         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8745         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8746         """
8747         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8748
8749     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8750         """
8751         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8752
8753         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8754         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8755         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8756         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8757         """
8758         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8759
8760     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8761         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8762         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8763
8764     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8765         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8766         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8767
8768     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8769         """
8770         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8771
8772         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8773         min size.
8774         """
8775         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8776
8777     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8778         """
8779         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8780
8781         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8782         max size.
8783         """
8784         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8785
8786     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8787         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8788         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8789
8790     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8791         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8792         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8793
8794     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8795         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8796         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8797
8798     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8799         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8800         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8801
8802     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8803         """
8804         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8805
8806         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8807         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8808         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8809         """
8810         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8811
8812     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8813         """
8814         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8815
8816         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8817         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8818         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8819         """
8820         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8821
8822     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8823         """
8824         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8825
8826         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8827         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8828         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8829         """
8830         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8831
8832     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8833         """
8834         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8835
8836         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8837         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8838         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8839         """
8840         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8841
8842     def GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs):
8843         """
8844         GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size
8845
8846         Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.
8847         """
8848         return _core_.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs)
8849
8850     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8851         """
8852         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8853
8854         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8855         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8856         """
8857         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8858
8859     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8860         """
8861         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8862
8863         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8864         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8865         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8866         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8867         because it already was in the requested state.
8868         """
8869         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8870
8871     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8872         """
8873         Hide(self) -> bool
8874
8875         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8876         """
8877         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8878
8879     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8880         """
8881         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8882
8883         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8884         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8885         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8886         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8887         window had already been in the specified state.
8888         """
8889         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8890
8891     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8892         """
8893         Disable(self) -> bool
8894
8895         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8896         """
8897         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8898
8899     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8900         """
8901         IsShown(self) -> bool
8902
8903         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8904         """
8905         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8906
8907     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8908         """
8909         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8910
8911         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8912         This method takes into account the enabled state of parent windows up
8913         to the top-level window.
8914         """
8915         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8916
8917     def IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8918         """
8919         IsThisEnabled(self) -> bool
8920
8921         Returns the internal enabled state independent of the parent(s) state,
8922         i.e. the state in which the window would be if all of its parents are
8923         enabled.  Use `IsEnabled` to get the effective window state.
8924         """
8925         return _core_.Window_IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8926
8927     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8928         """
8929         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8930
8931         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8932         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8933         shown as well.
8934         """
8935         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8936
8937     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8938         """
8939         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8940
8941         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8942         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8943         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8944         immediately.
8945         """
8946         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8947
8948     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8949         """
8950         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8951
8952         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8953         method.
8954         """
8955         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8956
8957     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8958     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8959         """
8960         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8961
8962         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8963         """
8964         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8965
8966     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8967         """
8968         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8969
8970         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8971         windows are only available on X platforms.
8972         """
8973         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8974
8975     def ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8976         """
8977         ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool
8978
8979         Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
8980         returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.
8981         """
8982         return _core_.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8983
8984     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8985         """
8986         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8987
8988         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8989         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8990         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8991         """
8992         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8993
8994     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8995         """
8996         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8997
8998         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8999         """
9000         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9001
9002     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
9003         """
9004         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
9005
9006         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
9007         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
9008         effect.
9009         """
9010         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
9011
9012     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9013         """
9014         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
9015
9016         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
9017          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
9018          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
9019          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
9020          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
9021          user's selected theme.
9022
9023         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
9024         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
9025         """
9026         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9027
9028     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9029         """
9030         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
9031
9032         Return the themeEnabled flag.
9033         """
9034         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9035
9036     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9037         """
9038         SetFocus(self)
9039
9040         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
9041         """
9042         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9043
9044     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
9045         """
9046         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
9047
9048         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
9049         only called internally.
9050         """
9051         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
9052
9053     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9054         """
9055         FindFocus() -> Window
9056
9057         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9058         or None.
9059         """
9060         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9061
9062     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
9063     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9064         """
9065         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
9066
9067         Can this window have focus?
9068         """
9069         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9070
9071     def CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9072         """
9073         CanAcceptFocus(self) -> bool
9074
9075         Can this window have focus right now?
9076         """
9077         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9078
9079     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9080         """
9081         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9082
9083         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
9084         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
9085         it.
9086         """
9087         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9088
9089     def CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9090         """
9091         CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9092
9093         Can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now?
9094         """
9095         return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9096
9097     def NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs):
9098         """
9099         NavigateIn(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9100
9101         Navigates inside this window.
9102         """
9103         return _core_.Window_NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs)
9104
9105     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
9106         """
9107         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9108
9109         Does keyboard navigation starting from this window to another.  This is
9110         equivalient to self.GetParent().NavigateIn().
9111         """
9112         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
9113
9114     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9115         """
9116         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9117
9118         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
9119         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
9120         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
9121
9122         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
9123         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
9124         windows.
9125
9126         """
9127         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9128
9129     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9130         """
9131         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9132
9133         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
9134         before win instead of putting it right after it.
9135         """
9136         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9137
9138     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
9139         """
9140         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
9141
9142         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
9143         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
9144         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
9145         do not change.
9146         """
9147         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
9148
9149     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
9150         """
9151         GetParent(self) -> Window
9152
9153         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
9154         """
9155         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
9156
9157     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
9158         """
9159         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
9160
9161         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
9162         isn't one.
9163         """
9164         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
9165
9166     def GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs):
9167         """
9168         GetTopLevelParent(self) -> Window
9169
9170         Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.
9171         """
9172         return _core_.Window_GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs)
9173
9174     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
9175         """
9176         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
9177
9178         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
9179         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
9180         if they have a parent window).
9181         """
9182         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
9185         """
9186         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9187
9188         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9189         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9190         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
9191         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9192         oldParent)
9193         """
9194         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
9197         """
9198         AddChild(self, Window child)
9199
9200         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9201         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9202         """
9203         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
9204
9205     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
9206         """
9207         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9208
9209         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9210         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9211         programmer.
9212         """
9213         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
9214
9215     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9216         """
9217         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
9218
9219         Currently wxGTK2 only.
9220         """
9221         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9222
9223     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9224         """
9225         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9226
9227         Find a chld of this window by window ID
9228         """
9229         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9230
9231     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9232         """
9233         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9234
9235         Find a child of this window by name
9236         """
9237         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9238
9239     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9240         """
9241         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9242
9243         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9244         its own event handler.
9245         """
9246         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9247
9248     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9249         """
9250         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9251
9252         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
9253         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
9254         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
9255         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
9256         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
9257         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
9258         classes.
9259
9260         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9261         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9262         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
9263         """
9264         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9265
9266     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9267         """
9268         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9269
9270         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9271         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9272         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
9273         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
9274         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
9275         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
9276         different window classes.
9277
9278         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9279         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9280         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
9281         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
9282         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
9283         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
9284         its Destroy method yourself.
9285         """
9286         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9287
9288     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9289         """
9290         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9291
9292         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9293         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9294         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
9295         """
9296         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9297
9298     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9299         """
9300         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9301
9302         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9303         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
9304         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9305         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9306         there.)
9307         """
9308         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9309
9310     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9311         """
9312         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9313
9314         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9315         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9316         type.
9317         """
9318         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9319
9320     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9321         """
9322         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9323
9324         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9325         there is none.
9326         """
9327         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9328
9329     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9330         """
9331         Validate(self) -> bool
9332
9333         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9334         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9335         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9336         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9337         """
9338         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9339
9340     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9341         """
9342         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9343
9344         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9345         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9346         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9347         all child windows.
9348         """
9349         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9350
9351     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9352         """
9353         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9354
9355         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9356         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
9357         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9358         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9359         """
9360         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9361
9362     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9363         """
9364         InitDialog(self)
9365
9366         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9367         to the dialog via validators.
9368         """
9369         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9370
9371     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9372         """
9373         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9374
9375         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9376         """
9377         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9378
9379     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9380         """
9381         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9382
9383         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9384         """
9385         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9386
9387     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9388         """
9389         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9390
9391         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9392         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9393         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9394         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9395         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9396         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
9397         hotkey was registered successfully.
9398         """
9399         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9400
9401     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9402         """
9403         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9404
9405         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9406         """
9407         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9408
9409     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9410         """
9411         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9412
9413         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9414         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9415         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9416         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9417         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9418         then divided by 8.
9419         """
9420         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9421
9422     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9423         """
9424         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9425
9426         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9427         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9428         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9429         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9430         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9431         then divided by 8.
9432         """
9433         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9434
9435     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9436         """
9437         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9438
9439         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9440         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9441         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9442         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9443         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9444         then divided by 8.
9445         """
9446         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9447
9448     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9449         """
9450         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9451
9452         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9453         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9454         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9455         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9456         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9457         then divided by 8.
9458         """
9459         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9460
9461     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9462         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9463         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9464
9465     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9466         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9467         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9468
9469     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9470         """
9471         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9472
9473         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9474
9475         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9476         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9477         """
9478         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9479
9480     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9481         """
9482         CaptureMouse(self)
9483
9484         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9485         release the capture.
9486
9487         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9488         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9489         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9490         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9491         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9492         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9493
9494         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9495         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9496         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9497         recapture mouse.
9498         """
9499         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9500
9501     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9502         """
9503         ReleaseMouse(self)
9504
9505         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9506         """
9507         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9508
9509     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9510         """
9511         GetCapture() -> Window
9512
9513         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9514         """
9515         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9516
9517     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9518     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9519         """
9520         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9521
9522         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9523         """
9524         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9525
9526     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9527         """
9528         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9529
9530         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9531         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9532         to the window.
9533         """
9534         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9535
9536     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9537         """
9538         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9539
9540         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9541         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9542         """
9543         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9544
9545     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9546         """
9547         Update(self)
9548
9549         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9550         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9551         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9552         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9553         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh`
9554         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9555         it) unconditionally.
9556         """
9557         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9558
9559     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9560         """
9561         ClearBackground(self)
9562
9563         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9564         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9565         """
9566         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9567
9568     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9569         """
9570         Freeze(self)
9571
9572         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9573         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9574         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9575         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9576         been undone.
9577
9578         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9579         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9580         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9581         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9582         mandatory directive.
9583         """
9584         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9585
9586     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9587         """
9588         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9589
9590         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9591
9592         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9593         """
9594         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9595
9596     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9597         """
9598         Thaw(self)
9599
9600         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9601         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9602         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9603         """
9604         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9605
9606     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9607         """
9608         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9609
9610         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9611         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9612         scroll position.
9613         """
9614         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9615
9616     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9617         """
9618         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9619
9620         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9621         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9622         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9623         later.
9624         """
9625         return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9626
9627     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9628         """
9629         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9630
9631         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9632         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9633         """
9634         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9635
9636     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9637         """
9638         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9639
9640         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9641         """
9642         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9643
9644     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9645         """
9646         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9647
9648         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9649         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9650         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9651         exposed.
9652         """
9653         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9654
9655     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9656         """
9657         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9658
9659         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9660         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9661         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9662         exposed.
9663         """
9664         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9665
9666     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9667         """
9668         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9669
9670         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9671         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9672         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9673         exposed.
9674         """
9675         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9676
9677     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9678         """
9679         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9680
9681         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9682         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9683         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9684         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9685         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9686         """
9687         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9688
9689     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9690         """
9691         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9692
9693         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9694         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9695         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9696         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9697         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9698
9699         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9700         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9701         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9702         this.
9703         """
9704         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9705
9706     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9707     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9708         """
9709         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9710
9711         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9712         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9713         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9714         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9715         to the default background colour.
9716
9717         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9718         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9719         calling this function.
9720
9721         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9722         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9723         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9724         applications on the system.
9725         """
9726         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9727
9728     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9729         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9730         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9731
9732     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9733         """
9734         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9735
9736         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9737         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9738         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9739         not be used at all.
9740         """
9741         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9742
9743     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9744         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9745         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9746
9747     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9748         """
9749         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9750
9751         Returns the background colour of the window.
9752         """
9753         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9754
9755     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9756         """
9757         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9758
9759         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9760         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9761         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9762         """
9763         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9764
9765     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9766         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9767         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9768
9769     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9770         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9771         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9772
9773     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9774         """
9775         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9776
9777         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9778         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9779
9780             ======================  ========================================
9781             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9782                                     be determined by the system
9783             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9784             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9785                                     application.
9786             ======================  ========================================
9787
9788         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9789         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9790         no effect on other platforms.
9791
9792         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9793         """
9794         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9795
9796     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9797         """
9798         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9799
9800         Returns the background style of the window.
9801
9802         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9803         """
9804         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9805
9806     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9807         """
9808         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9809
9810         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9811         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9812         background.
9813
9814         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9815         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9816         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9817         correctly.
9818         """
9819         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9820
9821     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9822         """
9823         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9824
9825         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9826         for the children of the window implicitly.
9827
9828         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9829         be reset back to default.
9830         """
9831         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9832
9833     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9834         """
9835         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9836
9837         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9838         """
9839         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9840
9841     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9842         """
9843         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9844
9845         Sets the font for this window.
9846         """
9847         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9848
9849     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9850         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9851         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9854         """
9855         GetFont(self) -> Font
9856
9857         Returns the default font used for this window.
9858         """
9859         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9860
9861     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9862         """
9863         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9864
9865         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9866         """
9867         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9870         """
9871         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9872
9873         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9874         """
9875         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9876
9877     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9878         """
9879         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9880
9881         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9882         """
9883         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9884
9885     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9886         """
9887         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9888
9889         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9890         """
9891         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9892
9893     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9894         """
9895         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9896
9897         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9898         """
9899         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9900
9901     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9902         """
9903         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9904            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9905
9906         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9907         current or specified font.
9908         """
9909         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9910
9911     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9912         """
9913         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9914
9915         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9916         """
9917         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9918
9919     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9920         """
9921         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9922
9923         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9924         """
9925         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9926
9927     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9928         """
9929         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9930
9931         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9932         """
9933         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9934
9935     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9936         """
9937         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9938
9939         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9940         """
9941         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9942
9943     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9944         """
9945         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9946
9947         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9948         """
9949         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9950
9951     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9952         """
9953         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9954
9955         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9956         """
9957         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9958
9959     def GetBorder(*args):
9960         """
9961         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9962         GetBorder(self) -> int
9963
9964         Get border for the flags of this window
9965         """
9966         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9967
9968     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """
9970         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9971
9972         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9973         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9974         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9975         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9976         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9977         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9978         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9979         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9980         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9981         in idle time.
9982         """
9983         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9984
9985     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9986         """
9987         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9988
9989         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9990         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9991         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9992         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9993         mouse cursor will be used.
9994         """
9995         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9996
9997     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9998         """
9999         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
10000
10001         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10002         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10003         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10004         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
10005         mouse cursor will be used.
10006         """
10007         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10008
10009     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
10010         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
10011         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
10012
10013     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10014         """
10015         GetHandle(self) -> long
10016
10017         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
10018         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
10019         toplevel parent of the window.
10020         """
10021         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10022
10023     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10024         """
10025         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
10026
10027         Associate the window with a new native handle
10028         """
10029         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10030
10031     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10032         """
10033         DissociateHandle(self)
10034
10035         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
10036         """
10037         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10038
10039     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
10040         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
10041         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
10042
10043     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10044         """
10045         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
10046
10047         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
10048         """
10049         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10050
10051     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10052         """
10053         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
10054             bool refresh=True)
10055
10056         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
10057         """
10058         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10059
10060     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10061         """
10062         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
10063
10064         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
10065         """
10066         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10067
10068     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10069         """
10070         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
10071
10072         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
10073         """
10074         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10075
10076     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
10077         """
10078         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
10079
10080         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
10081         """
10082         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
10083
10084     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
10085         """
10086         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
10087
10088         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
10089         """
10090         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
10091
10092     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10093         """
10094         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
10095
10096         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
10097         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
10098         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
10099         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
10100         """
10101         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
10104         """
10105         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
10106
10107         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10108         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
10109         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10110         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10111         """
10112         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
10115         """
10116         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
10117
10118         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10119         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
10120         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10121         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10122         """
10123         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
10124
10125     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
10126         """
10127         LineUp(self) -> bool
10128
10129         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
10130         """
10131         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
10132
10133     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
10134         """
10135         LineDown(self) -> bool
10136
10137         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
10138         """
10139         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
10140
10141     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
10142         """
10143         PageUp(self) -> bool
10144
10145         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
10146         """
10147         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
10148
10149     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
10150         """
10151         PageDown(self) -> bool
10152
10153         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
10154         """
10155         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
10156
10157     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10158         """
10159         SetHelpText(self, String text)
10160
10161         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10162         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10163         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10164         """
10165         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10166
10167     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
10168         """
10169         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
10170
10171         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
10172         one.
10173         """
10174         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
10175
10176     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
10177         """
10178         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
10179
10180         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
10181
10182         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
10183         and this method should return the global window help text then
10184
10185         """
10186         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
10187
10188     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10189         """
10190         GetHelpText(self) -> String
10191
10192         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10193         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10194         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10195         """
10196         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10197
10198     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
10199         """
10200         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
10201
10202         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10203         """
10204         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
10205
10206     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10207         """
10208         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
10209
10210         Attach a tooltip to the window.
10211         """
10212         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10213
10214     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10215         """
10216         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
10217
10218         get the associated tooltip or None if none
10219         """
10220         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """
10224         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
10225
10226         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
10227         a drop target, it is deleted.
10228         """
10229         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10230
10231     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10232         """
10233         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
10234
10235         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
10236         """
10237         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10238
10239     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
10240         """
10241         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10242
10243         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10244         Only functional on Windows.
10245         """
10246         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
10247
10248     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10249         """
10250         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10251
10252         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10253         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10254         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10255         constraints.
10256
10257         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10258         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10259         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10260         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10261         effect.
10262         """
10263         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10264
10265     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10266         """
10267         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10268
10269         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10270         are none.
10271         """
10272         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """
10276         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10277
10278         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10279         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
10280         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
10281         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
10282
10283         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
10284         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
10285         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10286         """
10287         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10288
10289     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10290         """
10291         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10292
10293         Returns the current autoLayout setting
10294         """
10295         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10296
10297     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
10298         """
10299         Layout(self) -> bool
10300
10301         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10302         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10303         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10304         handler when the window is resized.
10305         """
10306         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
10307
10308     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10309         """
10310         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10311
10312         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10313         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10314         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10315         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10316         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10317         non-None, and False otherwise.
10318         """
10319         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
10322         """
10323         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10324
10325         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10326         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10327         """
10328         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10331         """
10332         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10333
10334         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10335         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10336         """
10337         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10338
10339     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10340         """
10341         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10342
10343         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10344         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10345         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10346         """
10347         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10348
10349     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10350         """
10351         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10352
10353         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10354         """
10355         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10356
10357     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10358         """
10359         InheritAttributes(self)
10360
10361         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10362         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10363         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10364         colours.
10365
10366         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10367         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10368         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10369         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10370         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10371         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10372         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10373         no matter what and only the font might.
10374
10375         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10376         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10377         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10378         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10379         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10380         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10381         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10382         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10383         parents attributes.
10384
10385         """
10386         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10387
10388     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10389         """
10390         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10391
10392         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10393         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10394         from the parent window.
10395
10396         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10397         wxControl where it returns true.
10398         """
10399         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10400
10401     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10402         """
10403         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10404
10405         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10406         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10407         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10408         possible to set the transparency.
10409
10410         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10411         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10412         as xcompmgr) running.
10413         """
10414         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10415
10416     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10417         """
10418         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10419
10420         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10421         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10422         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10423         opaque.
10424         """
10425         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10426
10427     def PostCreate(self, pre):
10428         """
10429         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10430         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10431         """
10432         self.this = pre.this
10433         self.thisown = pre.thisown
10434         pre.thisown = 0
10435         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10436             try:
10437                 self._setOORInfo(self)
10438             except TypeError:
10439                 pass
10440         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10441             try:
10442                 self._setCallbackInfo(self, pre.__class__)
10443             except TypeError:
10444                 pass
10445
10446     def SendSizeEvent(self):
10447         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10448
10449     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10450     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10451     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10452     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10453     EffectiveMinSize = property(GetEffectiveMinSize,doc="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")
10454     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10455     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10456     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10457     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10458     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10459     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10460     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10461     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10462     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10463     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10464     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10465     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10466     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10467     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10468     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10469     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10470     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10471     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10472     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10473     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10474     TopLevelParent = property(GetTopLevelParent,doc="See `GetTopLevelParent`")
10475     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10476     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10477     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10478     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10479     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10480     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10481     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10482     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10483     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10484     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10485     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10486     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10487     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10488     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10489     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10490     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10491     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10492     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10493     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10494     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10495     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10496     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10497     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10498     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10499     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10500     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10501     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10502     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10503     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10504     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10505     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10506 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10507
10508 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10509     """
10510     PreWindow() -> Window
10511
10512     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10513     """
10514     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10515     return val
10516
10517 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10518   """
10519     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10520
10521     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10522     """
10523   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10524
10525 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10526   """
10527     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10528
10529     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10530     autogenerated) id
10531     """
10532   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10533
10534 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10535   """
10536     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10537
10538     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10539     autogenerated) id
10540     """
10541   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10542
10543 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10544   """
10545     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10546
10547     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10548     or None.
10549     """
10550   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10551
10552 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10553   """
10554     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10555
10556     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10557     """
10558   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10559
10560 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10561   """
10562     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10563
10564     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10565     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10566     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10567     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10568     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10569
10570     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10571     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10572     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10573     this.
10574     """
10575   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10578     """
10579     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10580     dialog units to pixel units.
10581     """
10582     if y is None:
10583         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10584     else:
10585         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10586
10587 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10588     """
10589     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10590     dialog units to pixel units.
10591     """
10592     if height is None:
10593         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10594     else:
10595         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10596
10597
10598 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10599   """
10600     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10601
10602     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10603     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10604     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10605     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10606     """
10607   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10608
10609 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10610   """
10611     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10612
10613     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10614     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10615     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10616     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10617     cases.
10618
10619     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10620     """
10621   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10622
10623 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10624   """
10625     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10626
10627     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10628     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10629     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10630     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10631     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10632     """
10633   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10634
10635 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10636   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10637   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10638
10639 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10640   """
10641     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10642
10643     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10644     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10645     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10646     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10647
10648     """
10649   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10650 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10651
10652 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10653     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10654     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10655     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10656     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10657         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10658         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10659         self._setOORInfo(self)
10660
10661     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10662         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10663         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10664
10665     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10666         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10667         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10668
10669     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10670         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10671         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10672
10673     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10674         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10675         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10676
10677     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10678         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10679         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10680
10681     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10682         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10683         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10684
10685     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10686         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10687         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10688
10689     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10690     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10691         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10692         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10693
10694     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10695     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10696 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10697
10698 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10699   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10700   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10701
10702 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10703   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10704   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10705
10706 class PyValidator(Validator):
10707     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10708     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10709     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10710     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10711         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10712         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10713         self._setOORInfo(self);PyValidator._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyValidator)
10714
10715     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10716         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)"""
10717         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10718
10719 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10720
10721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10722
10723 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10724     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10725     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10726     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10727     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10728         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10729         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10730         self._setOORInfo(self)
10731
10732     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10733         """
10734         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10735             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10736         """
10737         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10738
10739     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10740         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10741         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10742
10743     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10744         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10745         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10746
10747     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10748         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10749         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10750
10751     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10752         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10753         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10754
10755     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10756         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10757         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10758
10759     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10760         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10761         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10762
10763     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10764         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10765         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10766
10767     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10768         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10769         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10770
10771     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10772         """Break(self)"""
10773         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10774
10775     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10776         """
10777         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10778             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10779         """
10780         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10781
10782     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10783         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10784         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10785
10786     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10787         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10788         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10789
10790     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10791         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10792         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10793
10794     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10795         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10796         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10797
10798     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10799         """
10800         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10801             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10802         """
10803         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10806         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10807         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10808
10809     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10810         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10811         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10812
10813     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10814         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10815         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10816
10817     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10818         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10819         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10820
10821     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10822         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10823         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def RemoveItem(self, item):
10826         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10827         #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that
10828         #// proxy instead of the new one
10829         val = _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(self, item)
10830         item.this.own(val.this.own())
10831         val.this.disown()
10832         return item
10833
10834
10835     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10836         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10837         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10838
10839     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10840         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10841         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10842
10843     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10844         """
10845         Destroy(self)
10846
10847         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10848         """
10849         args[0].this.own(False)
10850         return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10851
10852     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10853         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10854         return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10855
10856     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10857         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10858         return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10859
10860     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10861         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10862         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10863
10864     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10865         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10866         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10867
10868     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10869         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10870         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10871
10872     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10873         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10874         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10875
10876     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10877         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10878         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10879
10880     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10881         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10882         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10883
10884     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10885         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10886         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10887
10888     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10889         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10890         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10891
10892     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10893         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10894         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10895
10896     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10897         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10898         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10899
10900     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10901         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10902         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10903
10904     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10905         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10906         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10907
10908     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10909         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10910         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10911
10912     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10913         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10914         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10915
10916     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10917         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10918         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10919
10920     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10921         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10922         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10923
10924     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10925         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10926         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10927
10928     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10929         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10930         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10931
10932     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10933         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10934         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10935
10936     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10937         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10938         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10939
10940     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10941         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10942         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10943
10944     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10945         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10946         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10947
10948     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10949         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10950         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10951
10952     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10953         """Detach(self)"""
10954         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10955
10956     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10957         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10958         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10959
10960     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10961         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10962         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10963
10964     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10965         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10966         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10967
10968     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10969     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10970     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10971     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10972     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10973     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10974     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10975     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10976     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10977 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10978 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10979
10980 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10981
10982 class MenuBar(Window):
10983     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10984     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10985     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10986     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10987         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10988         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10989         self._setOORInfo(self)
10990
10991     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10992         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10993         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10994
10995     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10996         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10997         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10998
10999     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
11000         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
11001         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
11002
11003     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11004         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11005         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11006
11007     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
11008         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
11009         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
11010
11011     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11012         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11013         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11014
11015     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
11016         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
11017         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
11018
11019     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
11020         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
11021         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
11022
11023     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11024         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
11025         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11026
11027     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11028         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
11029         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11030
11031     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
11032         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
11033         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
11034
11035     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
11036         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
11037         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
11038
11039     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11040         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
11041         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11044         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
11045         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11046
11047     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11048         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
11049         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11050
11051     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11052         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
11053         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11054
11055     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11056         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
11057         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11058
11059     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11060         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
11061         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11062
11063     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11064         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
11065         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11066
11067     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11068         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
11069         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11070
11071     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11072         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
11073         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11074
11075     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
11076         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
11077         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
11078
11079     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11080         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11081         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11082
11083     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11084         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
11085         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11086
11087     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11088         """Detach(self)"""
11089         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
11092         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
11093         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
11094
11095     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11096         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11097         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11098
11099     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
11100     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11101         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11102         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11103
11104     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
11105     def GetMenus(self):
11106         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
11107         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
11108                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
11109
11110     def SetMenus(self, items):
11111         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
11112         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
11113             self.Remove(i)
11114         for m, l in items:
11115             self.Append(m, l)
11116
11117     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
11118     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
11119     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
11120 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
11121
11122 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11123   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11124   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11125
11126 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
11127   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11128   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
11129
11130 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11131
11132 class MenuItem(Object):
11133     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
11134     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11135     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11136     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11137         """
11138         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,
11139             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
11140             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
11141         """
11142         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
11143     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
11144     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11145     def Destroy(self): pass
11146     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11147         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11148         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11149
11150     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11151         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11152         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11153
11154     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
11155         """SetId(self, int id)"""
11156         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
11157
11158     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
11159         """GetId(self) -> int"""
11160         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
11161
11162     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
11163         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
11164         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
11165
11166     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
11167         """SetText(self, String str)"""
11168         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
11169
11170     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11171         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
11172         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11173
11174     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
11175         """GetText(self) -> String"""
11176         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
11177
11178     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11179         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11180         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11181
11182     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
11183     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11184         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
11185         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11186
11187     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11188         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
11189         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11190
11191     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11192         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
11193         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11194
11195     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11196         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
11197         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11198
11199     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11200         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
11201         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11202
11203     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11204         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11205         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11206
11207     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11208         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11209         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11210
11211     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11212         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
11213         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11214
11215     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11216         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
11217         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11218
11219     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11220         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
11221         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11222
11223     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11224         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
11225         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11226
11227     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
11228         """Toggle(self)"""
11229         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
11230
11231     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11232         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
11233         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11234
11235     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11236         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
11237         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11238
11239     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11240         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
11241         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11242
11243     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11244         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
11245         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11246
11247     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11248         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
11249         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11250
11251     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11252         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11253         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11254
11255     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11256         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
11257         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11258
11259     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11260         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
11261         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11262
11263     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11264         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
11265         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11266
11267     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11268         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
11269         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11270
11271     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11272         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
11273         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11274
11275     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11276         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
11277         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11278
11279     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
11280         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
11281         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
11282
11283     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11284         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
11285         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11286
11287     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11288         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11289         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11290
11291     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11292         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
11293         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11294
11295     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11296         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
11297         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11298
11299     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11300         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11301         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11302
11303     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
11304     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11305         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
11306         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11307
11308     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11309         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
11310         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11311
11312     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11313         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
11314         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11315
11316     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
11317     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
11318     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
11319     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
11320     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
11321     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
11322     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
11323     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
11324     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
11325     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
11326     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
11327     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
11328     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
11329     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
11330 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
11331
11332 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11333   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11334   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11335
11336 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
11337   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11338   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
11339
11340 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11341
11342 class Control(Window):
11343     """
11344     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11345
11346     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11347     and/or displays one or more item of data.
11348     """
11349     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11350     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11351     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11352         """
11353         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11354             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11355             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11356
11357         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11358         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11359         """
11360         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
11361         self._setOORInfo(self)
11362
11363     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
11364         """
11365         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11366             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11367             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11368
11369         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11370         """
11371         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11372
11373     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11374         """
11375         GetAlignment(self) -> int
11376
11377         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11378         """
11379         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11380
11381     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11382         """
11383         GetLabelText(self) -> String
11384
11385         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11386         """
11387         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11388
11389     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11390         """
11391         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11392
11393         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11394
11395         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11396
11397         """
11398         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11399
11400     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11401         """
11402         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11403
11404         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11405         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11406         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11407         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11408         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11409
11410         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11411         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11412         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11413         this.
11414         """
11415         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11416
11417     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11418     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11419     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11420 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11421 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11422
11423 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11424     """
11425     PreControl() -> Control
11426
11427     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11428     """
11429     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11430     return val
11431
11432 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11433   """
11434     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11435
11436     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
11437     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11438     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11439     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11440     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11441
11442     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11443     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11444     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11445     this.
11446     """
11447   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11448
11449 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11450
11451 class ItemContainer(object):
11452     """
11453     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11454     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11455     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11456     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11457     this one.
11458
11459     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11460     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11461     all conform to the same interface.
11462
11463     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11464     optionally, client data associated with them.
11465
11466     """
11467     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11468     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11469     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11470     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11471         """
11472         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11473
11474         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11475         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11476         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11477         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11478         """
11479         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11480
11481     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11482         """
11483         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11484
11485         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11486         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11487         need to add a lot of items.
11488         """
11489         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11490
11491     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11492         """
11493         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11494
11495         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11496         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11497         """
11498         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11499
11500     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11501         """
11502         Clear(self)
11503
11504         Removes all items from the control.
11505         """
11506         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11507
11508     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11509         """
11510         Delete(self, int n)
11511
11512         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11513         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11514         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11515         than the number of items in the control.
11516         """
11517         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11518
11519     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11520         """
11521         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11522
11523         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11524         """
11525         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11526
11527     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11528         """
11529         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11530
11531         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11532         """
11533         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11534
11535     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11536         """
11537         GetCount(self) -> int
11538
11539         Returns the number of items in the control.
11540         """
11541         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11542
11543     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11544         """
11545         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11546
11547         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11548         """
11549         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11550
11551     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11552         """
11553         GetString(self, int n) -> String
11554
11555         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11556         """
11557         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11558
11559     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11560         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11561         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11562
11563     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11564         """
11565         SetString(self, int n, String s)
11566
11567         Sets the label for the given item.
11568         """
11569         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11570
11571     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11572         """
11573         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11574
11575         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11576         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11577         found.
11578         """
11579         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11580
11581     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11582         """
11583         SetSelection(self, int n)
11584
11585         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11586         """
11587         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11588
11589     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11590         """
11591         GetSelection(self) -> int
11592
11593         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11594         is selected.
11595         """
11596         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11597
11598     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11599         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11600         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11601
11602     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11603         """
11604         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11605
11606         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11607         is selected.
11608         """
11609         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11610
11611     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11612         """
11613         Select(self, int n)
11614
11615         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11616         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11617         """
11618         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11619
11620     def GetItems(self):
11621         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11622         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11623
11624     def SetItems(self, items):
11625         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11626         self.Clear()
11627         for i in items:
11628             self.Append(i)
11629
11630     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11631     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11632     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11633     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11634     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11635 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11636
11637 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11638
11639 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11640     """
11641     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11642     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11643     that have items.
11644     """
11645     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11646     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11647     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11648 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11649
11650 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11651
11652 class SizerFlags(object):
11653     """
11654     Normally, when you add an item to a sizer via `wx.Sizer.Add`, you have
11655     to specify a lot of flags and parameters which can be unwieldy. This
11656     is where wx.SizerFlags comes in: it allows you to specify all
11657     parameters using the named methods instead. For example, instead of::
11658
11659         sizer.Add(ctrl, 0, wx.EXPAND | wx.ALL, 10)
11660
11661     you can now write::
11662
11663         sizer.AddF(ctrl, wx.SizerFlags().Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10))
11664
11665     This is more readable and also allows you to create wx.SizerFlags
11666     objects which can be reused for several sizer items.::
11667
11668         flagsExpand = wx.SizerFlags(1)
11669         flagsExpand.Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10)
11670         sizer.AddF(ctrl1, flagsExpand)
11671         sizer.AddF(ctrl2, flagsExpand)
11672
11673     Note that by specification, all methods of wx.SizerFlags return the
11674     wx.SizerFlags object itself allowing chaining multiple method calls
11675     like in the examples above.
11676     """
11677     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11678     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11679     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11680         """
11681         __init__(self, int proportion=0) -> SizerFlags
11682
11683         Constructs the flags object with the specified proportion.
11684         """
11685         _core_.SizerFlags_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerFlags(*args, **kwargs))
11686     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerFlags
11687     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11688     def Proportion(*args, **kwargs):
11689         """
11690         Proportion(self, int proportion) -> SizerFlags
11691
11692         Sets the item's proportion value.
11693         """
11694         return _core_.SizerFlags_Proportion(*args, **kwargs)
11695
11696     def Align(*args, **kwargs):
11697         """
11698         Align(self, int alignment) -> SizerFlags
11699
11700         Sets the item's alignment
11701         """
11702         return _core_.SizerFlags_Align(*args, **kwargs)
11703
11704     def Expand(*args, **kwargs):
11705         """
11706         Expand(self) -> SizerFlags
11707
11708         Sets the wx.EXPAND flag, which will cause the item to be expanded to
11709         fill as much space as it is given by the sizer.
11710         """
11711         return _core_.SizerFlags_Expand(*args, **kwargs)
11712
11713     def Centre(*args, **kwargs):
11714         """
11715         Centre(self) -> SizerFlags
11716
11717         Same as `Center` for those with an alternate dialect of English.
11718         """
11719         return _core_.SizerFlags_Centre(*args, **kwargs)
11720
11721     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
11722         """
11723         Center(self) -> SizerFlags
11724
11725         Sets the centering alignment flags.
11726         """
11727         return _core_.SizerFlags_Center(*args, **kwargs)
11728
11729     def Left(*args, **kwargs):
11730         """
11731         Left(self) -> SizerFlags
11732
11733         Aligns the object to the left, a shortcut for calling
11734         Align(wx.ALIGN_LEFT)
11735         """
11736         return _core_.SizerFlags_Left(*args, **kwargs)
11737
11738     def Right(*args, **kwargs):
11739         """
11740         Right(self) -> SizerFlags
11741
11742         Aligns the object to the right, a shortcut for calling
11743         Align(wx.ALIGN_RIGHT)
11744         """
11745         return _core_.SizerFlags_Right(*args, **kwargs)
11746
11747     def Top(*args, **kwargs):
11748         """
11749         Top(self) -> SizerFlags
11750
11751         Aligns the object to the top of the available space, a shortcut for
11752         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_TOP)
11753         """
11754         return _core_.SizerFlags_Top(*args, **kwargs)
11755
11756     def Bottom(*args, **kwargs):
11757         """
11758         Bottom(self) -> SizerFlags
11759
11760         Aligns the object to the bottom of the available space, a shortcut for
11761         calling Align(wx.ALIGN_BOTTOM)
11762         """
11763         return _core_.SizerFlags_Bottom(*args, **kwargs)
11764
11765     def Shaped(*args, **kwargs):
11766         """
11767         Shaped(self) -> SizerFlags
11768
11769         Sets the wx.SHAPED flag.
11770         """
11771         return _core_.SizerFlags_Shaped(*args, **kwargs)
11772
11773     def FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11774         """
11775         FixedMinSize(self) -> SizerFlags
11776
11777         Sets the wx.FIXED_MINSIZE flag.
11778         """
11779         return _core_.SizerFlags_FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11780
11781     def Border(*args, **kwargs):
11782         """
11783         Border(self, int direction=ALL, int borderInPixels=-1) -> SizerFlags
11784
11785         Sets the border of the item in the direction(s) or sides given by the
11786         direction parameter.  If the borderInPixels value is not given then
11787         the default border size (see `GetDefaultBorder`) will be used.
11788         """
11789         return _core_.SizerFlags_Border(*args, **kwargs)
11790
11791     def DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11792         """
11793         DoubleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11794
11795         Sets the border in the given direction to twice the default border
11796         size.
11797         """
11798         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11799
11800     def TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11801         """
11802         TripleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11803
11804         Sets the border in the given direction to three times the default
11805         border size.
11806         """
11807         return _core_.SizerFlags_TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11808
11809     def HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11810         """
11811         HorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11812
11813         Sets the left and right borders to the default border size.
11814         """
11815         return _core_.SizerFlags_HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11816
11817     def DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11818         """
11819         DoubleHorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11820
11821         Sets the left and right borders to twice the default border size.
11822         """
11823         return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11824
11825     def GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11826         """
11827         GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11828
11829         Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11830         """
11831         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11832
11833     GetDefaultBorder = staticmethod(GetDefaultBorder)
11834     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11835         """
11836         GetProportion(self) -> int
11837
11838         Returns the proportion value to be used in the sizer item.
11839         """
11840         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11841
11842     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
11843         """
11844         GetFlags(self) -> int
11845
11846         Returns the flags value to be used in the sizer item.
11847         """
11848         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
11849
11850     def GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs):
11851         """
11852         GetBorderInPixels(self) -> int
11853
11854         Returns the border value in pixels to be used in the sizer item.
11855         """
11856         return _core_.SizerFlags_GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs)
11857
11858 _core_.SizerFlags_swigregister(SizerFlags)
11859
11860 def SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args):
11861   """
11862     SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11863
11864     Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11865     """
11866   return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args)
11867
11868 class SizerItem(Object):
11869     """
11870     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11871     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11872     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11873     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11874     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11875     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11876     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11877     layout.
11878
11879     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11880     """
11881     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11882     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11883     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11884         """
11885         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11886
11887         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11888         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11889
11890         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11891         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11892         methods are called.
11893
11894         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11895         """
11896         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11897     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11898     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11899     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11900         """
11901         DeleteWindows(self)
11902
11903         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11904         of item.
11905         """
11906         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11907
11908     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11909         """
11910         DetachSizer(self)
11911
11912         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11913         """
11914         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11915
11916     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11917         """
11918         GetSize(self) -> Size
11919
11920         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11921         """
11922         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11923
11924     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11925         """
11926         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11927
11928         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11929         needed by borders.
11930         """
11931         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11932
11933     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11934         """
11935         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11936
11937         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11938         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11939         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11940         account.
11941         """
11942         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11943
11944     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11945         """
11946         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11947
11948         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11949         """
11950         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11951
11952     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11953         """
11954         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11955
11956         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11957         added, if needed.
11958         """
11959         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11960
11961     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11962         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11963         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11964
11965     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11966         """
11967         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11968
11969         Set the ratio item attribute.
11970         """
11971         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11972
11973     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11974         """
11975         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11976
11977         Set the ratio item attribute.
11978         """
11979         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11980
11981     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11982         """
11983         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11984
11985         Set the ratio item attribute.
11986         """
11987         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11988
11989     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11990         """
11991         GetRatio(self) -> float
11992
11993         Set the ratio item attribute.
11994         """
11995         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11996
11997     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11998         """
11999         GetRect(self) -> Rect
12000
12001         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
12002         """
12003         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
12004
12005     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12006         """
12007         IsWindow(self) -> bool
12008
12009         Is this sizer item a window?
12010         """
12011         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12012
12013     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12014         """
12015         IsSizer(self) -> bool
12016
12017         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
12018         """
12019         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12020
12021     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12022         """
12023         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
12024
12025         Is this sizer item a spacer?
12026         """
12027         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12028
12029     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12030         """
12031         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
12032
12033         Set the proportion value for this item.
12034         """
12035         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12036
12037     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12038         """
12039         GetProportion(self) -> int
12040
12041         Get the proportion value for this item.
12042         """
12043         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12044
12045     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
12046     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
12047     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12048         """
12049         SetFlag(self, int flag)
12050
12051         Set the flag value for this item.
12052         """
12053         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12054
12055     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12056         """
12057         GetFlag(self) -> int
12058
12059         Get the flag value for this item.
12060         """
12061         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12062
12063     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12064         """
12065         SetBorder(self, int border)
12066
12067         Set the border value for this item.
12068         """
12069         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12070
12071     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12072         """
12073         GetBorder(self) -> int
12074
12075         Get the border value for this item.
12076         """
12077         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12078
12079     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12080         """
12081         GetWindow(self) -> Window
12082
12083         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12084         """
12085         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12086
12087     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12088         """
12089         SetWindow(self, Window window)
12090
12091         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12092         """
12093         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12094
12095     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12096         """
12097         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
12098
12099         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12100         """
12101         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12102
12103     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12104         """
12105         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12106
12107         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12108         """
12109         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12110
12111     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12112         """
12113         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
12114
12115         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
12116         """
12117         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12118
12119     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12120         """
12121         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
12122
12123         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12124         """
12125         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12126
12127     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12128         """
12129         Show(self, bool show)
12130
12131         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
12132         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
12133         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
12134         """
12135         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12136
12137     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12138         """
12139         IsShown(self) -> bool
12140
12141         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
12142         """
12143         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12144
12145     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12146         """
12147         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12148
12149         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12150         """
12151         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12152
12153     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12154         """
12155         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
12156
12157         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
12158         isn't any.
12159         """
12160         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12161
12162     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12163         """
12164         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
12165
12166         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
12167         """
12168         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12169
12170     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
12171     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
12172     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
12173     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
12174     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12175     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
12176     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
12177     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
12178     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12179     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
12180     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
12181     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
12182     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
12183 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
12184
12185 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12186     """
12187     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12188         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12189
12190     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
12191     """
12192     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12193     return val
12194
12195 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12196     """
12197     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12198         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12199
12200     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
12201     """
12202     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12203     return val
12204
12205 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12206     """
12207     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12208         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12209
12210     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
12211     """
12212     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12213     return val
12214
12215 class Sizer(Object):
12216     """
12217     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
12218     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
12219     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
12220     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
12221     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12222
12223     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
12224     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
12225     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
12226     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
12227     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
12228     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
12229     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
12230     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
12231     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
12232     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
12233     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
12234     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
12235     compared to a real window on screen.
12236
12237     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
12238     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
12239     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
12240     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
12241     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
12242     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
12243     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
12244     """
12245     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12246     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12247     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12248     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
12249     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12250     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12251         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
12252         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12253
12254     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12255         """
12256         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12257             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12258
12259         Appends a child item to the sizer.
12260         """
12261         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12262
12263     def AddF(*args, **kwargs):
12264         """
12265         AddF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12266
12267         Similar to `Add` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class for
12268         setting the various flags, options and borders.
12269         """
12270         return _core_.Sizer_AddF(*args, **kwargs)
12271
12272     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
12273         """
12274         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12275             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12276
12277         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
12278         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12279         """
12280         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
12281
12282     def InsertF(*args, **kwargs):
12283         """
12284         InsertF(self, int before, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12285
12286         Similar to `Insert`, but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12287         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12288         """
12289         return _core_.Sizer_InsertF(*args, **kwargs)
12290
12291     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
12292         """
12293         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12294             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12295
12296         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
12297         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12298         """
12299         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
12300
12301     def PrependF(*args, **kwargs):
12302         """
12303         PrependF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12304
12305         Similar to `Prepend` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12306         for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12307         """
12308         return _core_.Sizer_PrependF(*args, **kwargs)
12309
12310     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
12311         """
12312         Remove(self, item) -> bool
12313
12314         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
12315         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
12316         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
12317         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
12318         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
12319         and removed.
12320         """
12321         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
12322
12323     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
12324         """
12325         Detach(self, item) -> bool
12326
12327         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
12328         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
12329         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12330         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
12331         was found and detached.
12332         """
12333         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
12334
12335     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
12336         """
12337         GetItem(self, item, recursive=False) -> wx.SizerItem
12338
12339         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
12340         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12341         the item to be found.
12342         """
12343         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
12344
12345     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12346         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
12347         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12348
12349     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
12350         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12351         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
12352
12353     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12354         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12355         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12356
12357     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
12358         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
12359         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
12360
12361     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
12362         """
12363         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
12364         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
12365         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
12366         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
12367         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
12368         element recursivly in subsizers.
12369
12370         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
12371         call `Layout` to do so.
12372
12373         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
12374         """
12375         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
12376             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
12377         elif isinstance(olditem, wx.Sizer):
12378             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
12379         elif isinstance(olditem, int):
12380             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
12381         else:
12382             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
12383
12384     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12385         """
12386         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
12387
12388         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
12389         """
12390         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12391
12392     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12393         """
12394         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
12395
12396         Get the window this sizer is used in.
12397         """
12398         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12399
12400     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
12401         """
12402         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
12403
12404         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
12405         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12406         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
12407         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
12408         """
12409         if len(args) == 2:
12410             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
12411             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
12412         else:
12413             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
12414
12415     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12416         """
12417         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
12418
12419         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12420         """
12421         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12422
12423     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
12424         """
12425         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
12426
12427         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
12428         """
12429         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
12430
12431     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
12432         """
12433         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
12434
12435         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12436         """
12437         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
12438
12439     def AddMany(self, items):
12440         """
12441         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
12442         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
12443         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
12444         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
12445         """
12446         for item in items:
12447             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
12448                 item = (item, )
12449             self.Add(*item)
12450
12451     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12452         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12453
12454         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
12455         """
12456         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12457             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12458         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
12459             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12460     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12461         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12462
12463         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
12464         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12465             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12466         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
12467             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12468     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
12469         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
12470
12471         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
12472         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12473             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12474         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
12475             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
12476
12477
12478     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12479         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12480
12481         Add a stretchable spacer."""
12482         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
12483     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12484         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12485
12486         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
12487         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
12488     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
12489         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12490
12491         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
12492         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
12493
12494
12495     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
12496     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12497         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12498         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12499     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12500         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12501         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12502
12503     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12504         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12505         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12506     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12507         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12508         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12509
12510     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12511         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12512         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12513     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12514         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12515         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12516
12517     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12518         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12519         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12520     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12521         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12522         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12523     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
12524         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12525         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12526
12527
12528     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12529         """
12530         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
12531
12532         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
12533         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
12534         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
12535         methods.
12536         """
12537         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12538
12539     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12540         """
12541         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
12542
12543         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
12544         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
12545         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
12546         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
12547         here, depending on which is bigger.
12548         """
12549         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12550
12551     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12552         """
12553         GetSize(self) -> Size
12554
12555         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
12556         """
12557         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12558
12559     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12560         """
12561         GetPosition(self) -> Point
12562
12563         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
12564         """
12565         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12566
12567     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12568         """
12569         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12570
12571         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
12572         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
12573         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
12574         """
12575         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12576
12577     def GetSizeTuple(self):
12578         return self.GetSize().Get()
12579     def GetPositionTuple(self):
12580         return self.GetPosition().Get()
12581     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
12582         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
12583
12584     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
12585         """
12586         RecalcSizes(self)
12587
12588         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
12589         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
12590         it is called by `Layout`.
12591         """
12592         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
12593
12594     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12595         """
12596         CalcMin(self) -> Size
12597
12598         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
12599         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
12600         it is called by `Layout`.
12601         """
12602         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12603
12604     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
12605         """
12606         Layout(self)
12607
12608         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
12609         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
12610         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
12611         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
12612         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
12613         removed.
12614         """
12615         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12616
12617     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12618         """
12619         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12620
12621         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12622         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12623         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12624         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
12625
12626         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12627         """
12628         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12629
12630     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12631         """
12632         FitInside(self, Window window)
12633
12634         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12635         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12636         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12637         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12638
12639         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12640
12641         """
12642         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12643
12644     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12645         """
12646         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12647
12648         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12649         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12650         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12651         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12652         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12653         required by the sizer.
12654         """
12655         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12656
12657     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12658         """
12659         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12660
12661         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12662         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12663         this will set them appropriately.
12664
12665         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12666
12667         """
12668         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12669
12670     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12671         """
12672         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12673
12674         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12675         as well.
12676         """
12677         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12678
12679     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12680         """
12681         DeleteWindows(self)
12682
12683         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12684         """
12685         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12686
12687     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12688         """
12689         GetChildren(self) -> list
12690
12691         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12692         """
12693         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12694
12695     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12696         """
12697         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12698
12699         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12700         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12701         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12702         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12703         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12704         """
12705         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12706
12707     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12708         """
12709         IsShown(self, item)
12710
12711         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12712         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12713         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12714         the item.
12715         """
12716         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12717
12718     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12719         """
12720         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12721         """
12722         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12723
12724     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12725         """
12726         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12727
12728         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12729         """
12730         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12731
12732     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12733     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12734     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12735     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12736     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12737 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12738
12739 class PySizer(Sizer):
12740     """
12741     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12742     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12743     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12744     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12745     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12746     For example::
12747
12748         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12749              def __init__(self):
12750                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12751
12752              def CalcMin(self):
12753                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12754                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12755                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12756                       # layout algorithm.
12757                       ...
12758                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12759
12760               def RecalcSizes(self):
12761                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12762                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12763                   size = self.GetSize()
12764                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12765                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12766                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12767                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12768                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12769                       ...
12770                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12771
12772
12773     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12774     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12775     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12776
12777     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12778
12779
12780     """
12781     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12782     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12783     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12784         """
12785         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12786
12787         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12788         class.
12789         """
12790         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12791         self._setOORInfo(self);PySizer._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PySizer)
12792
12793     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12794         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12795         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12796
12797 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12798
12799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12800
12801 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12802     """
12803     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12804     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12805     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12806     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12807     parameter passed to the constructor.
12808     """
12809     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12810     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12811     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12812         """
12813         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12814
12815         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12816         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12817         sizer.
12818         """
12819         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12820         self._setOORInfo(self)
12821
12822     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12823         """
12824         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12825
12826         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12827         """
12828         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12829
12830     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12831         """
12832         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12833
12834         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12835         """
12836         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12837
12838     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12839 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12840
12841 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12842
12843 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12844     """
12845     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12846     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12847     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12848     passed to the sizer constructor.
12849     """
12850     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12851     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12852     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12853         """
12854         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12855
12856         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12857         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12858         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12859         """
12860         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12861         self._setOORInfo(self)
12862
12863     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12864         """
12865         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12866
12867         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12868         """
12869         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12870
12871     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12872 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12873
12874 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12875
12876 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12877     """
12878     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12879     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12880     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12881     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12882     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12883     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12884
12885     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12886     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12887     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12888     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12889     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12890     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12891
12892     """
12893     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12894     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12895     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12896         """
12897         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12898
12899         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12900         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12901         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12902         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12903         define extra space between all children.
12904         """
12905         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12906         self._setOORInfo(self)
12907
12908     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12909         """
12910         SetCols(self, int cols)
12911
12912         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12913         """
12914         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12915
12916     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12917         """
12918         SetRows(self, int rows)
12919
12920         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12921         """
12922         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12923
12924     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12925         """
12926         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12927
12928         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12929         """
12930         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12931
12932     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12933         """
12934         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12935
12936         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12937         """
12938         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12939
12940     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12941         """
12942         GetCols(self) -> int
12943
12944         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12945         """
12946         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12947
12948     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12949         """
12950         GetRows(self) -> int
12951
12952         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12953         """
12954         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12955
12956     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12957         """
12958         GetVGap(self) -> int
12959
12960         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12961         """
12962         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12963
12964     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12965         """
12966         GetHGap(self) -> int
12967
12968         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12969         """
12970         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12971
12972     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12973         """
12974         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12975
12976         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12977         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12978         in the constructor.
12979         """
12980         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12981         rows = self.GetRows()
12982         cols = self.GetCols()
12983         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12984         if cols != 0:
12985             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12986         elif rows != 0:
12987             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12988         return (rows, cols)
12989
12990     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12991     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12992     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12993     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12994 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12995
12996 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12997
12998 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12999 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
13000 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
13001 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
13002     """
13003     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13004     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
13005     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
13006     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
13007     the `wx.GridSizer`.
13008
13009     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
13010     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
13011     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
13012     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
13013     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
13014     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
13015
13016
13017     """
13018     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13019     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13020     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13021         """
13022         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
13023
13024         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
13025         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
13026         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13027         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13028         define extra space between all children.
13029         """
13030         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13031         self._setOORInfo(self)
13032
13033     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13034         """
13035         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13036
13037         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
13038         is extra space available to the sizer.
13039
13040         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13041         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13042         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13043         """
13044         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13045
13046     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13047         """
13048         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
13049
13050         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
13051         """
13052         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13053
13054     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13055         """
13056         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13057
13058         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
13059         there is extra space available to the sizer.
13060
13061         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13062         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13063         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13064         """
13065         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13066
13067     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13068         """
13069         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
13070
13071         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
13072         """
13073         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13074
13075     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13076         """
13077         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
13078
13079         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
13080         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
13081         other value is ignored.
13082
13083             ==============    =======================================
13084             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
13085             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
13086             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
13087                               (this is the default value).
13088             ==============    =======================================
13089
13090         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13091
13092         """
13093         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13094
13095     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13096         """
13097         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
13098
13099         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
13100         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
13101
13102         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
13103         """
13104         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13105
13106     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13107         """
13108         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
13109
13110         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
13111         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
13112         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
13113
13114             ==========================  =================================================
13115             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
13116             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
13117                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
13118                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
13119                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
13120             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
13121                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
13122                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
13123             ==========================  =================================================
13124
13125         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13126         """
13127         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13128
13129     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13130         """
13131         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
13132
13133         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
13134         non-flexible direction if there is one.
13135
13136         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
13137         """
13138         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13139
13140     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
13141         """
13142         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
13143
13144         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
13145         rows in the sizer.
13146         """
13147         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
13148
13149     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
13150         """
13151         GetColWidths(self) -> list
13152
13153         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
13154         columns in the sizer.
13155         """
13156         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
13157
13158     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
13159     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
13160     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
13161     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
13162 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
13163
13164 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
13165     """
13166     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
13167     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
13168     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
13169     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
13170     will take care of the rest.
13171
13172     """
13173     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13174     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13175     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13176         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
13177         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13178     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
13179         """
13180         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
13181
13182         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
13183         method in the base class.
13184         """
13185         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
13186
13187     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
13188         """
13189         Realize(self)
13190
13191         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
13192         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
13193         specifc manner.
13194         """
13195         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
13196
13197     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13198         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13199         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13200
13201     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13202         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13203         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13204
13205     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13206         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13207         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13208
13209     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13210         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13211         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13212
13213     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
13214         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13215         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
13216
13217     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13218         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13219         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13220
13221     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13222         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13223         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13224
13225     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
13226         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13227         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
13228
13229     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
13230     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
13231     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
13232     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
13233     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
13234 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
13235
13236 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13237
13238 class GBPosition(object):
13239     """
13240     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13241     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13242     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13243     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13244     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13245     """
13246     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13247     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13248     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13249         """
13250         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
13251
13252         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13253         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
13254         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13255         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13256         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13257         """
13258         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
13259     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
13260     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13261     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13262         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
13263         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13264
13265     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13266         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
13267         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13268
13269     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13270         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
13271         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13272
13273     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13274         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
13275         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13276
13277     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13278         """
13279         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13280
13281         Compare GBPosition for equality.
13282         """
13283         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13284
13285     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13286         """
13287         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13288
13289         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
13290         """
13291         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13292
13293     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13294         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
13295         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13296
13297     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13298         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13299         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13300
13301     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13302     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13303     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
13304     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13305     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13306     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13307         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
13308         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
13309         else: raise IndexError
13310     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13311     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13312     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
13313
13314     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
13315     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
13316
13317 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
13318
13319 class GBSpan(object):
13320     """
13321     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
13322     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
13323     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
13324     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
13325     nearly transparently in Python code.
13326
13327     """
13328     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13329     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13330     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13331         """
13332         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
13333
13334         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
13335         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
13336         cell in each direction.
13337         """
13338         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
13339     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
13340     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13341     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13342         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
13343         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13344
13345     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13346         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
13347         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13348
13349     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13350         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
13351         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13352
13353     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13354         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
13355         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13356
13357     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13358         """
13359         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13360
13361         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
13362         """
13363         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13364
13365     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13366         """
13367         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13368
13369         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
13370         """
13371         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13372
13373     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13374         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
13375         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13376
13377     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13378         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13379         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13380
13381     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13382     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
13383     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
13384     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
13385     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
13386     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13387         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
13388         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
13389         else: raise IndexError
13390     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
13391     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13392     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
13393
13394     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
13395     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
13396
13397 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
13398
13399 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
13400     """
13401     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
13402     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
13403     and how many rows or columns it spans.
13404
13405     """
13406     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13407     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13408     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13409         """
13410         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
13411
13412         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
13413         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
13414         item can be used in a Sizer.
13415
13416         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
13417         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
13418         """
13419         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
13420     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
13421     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13422     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13423         """
13424         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
13425
13426         Get the grid position of the item
13427         """
13428         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13429
13430     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
13431     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13432         """
13433         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
13434
13435         Get the row and column spanning of the item
13436         """
13437         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13438
13439     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
13440     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13441         """
13442         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13443
13444         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13445         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
13446         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
13447         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
13448         """
13449         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13450
13451     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13452         """
13453         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
13454
13455         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13456         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
13457         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
13458         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
13459
13460         """
13461         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13462
13463     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
13464         """
13465         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
13466
13467         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
13468         """
13469         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
13470
13471     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
13472         """
13473         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
13474
13475         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
13476         """
13477         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
13478
13479     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
13480         """
13481         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
13482
13483         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
13484         """
13485         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
13486
13487     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13488         """
13489         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
13490
13491         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
13492         """
13493         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13494
13495     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13496         """
13497         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
13498
13499         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
13500         """
13501         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13502
13503     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
13504     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
13505     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
13506     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
13507 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
13508 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
13509
13510 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13511     """
13512     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13513         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13514
13515     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
13516     """
13517     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13518     return val
13519
13520 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13521     """
13522     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13523         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13524
13525     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
13526     """
13527     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13528     return val
13529
13530 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
13531     """
13532     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
13533         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13534
13535     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
13536     """
13537     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
13538     return val
13539
13540 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
13541     """
13542     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
13543     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
13544     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
13545     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
13546     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
13547     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
13548
13549     """
13550     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13551     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13552     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13553         """
13554         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
13555
13556         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
13557         rows and columns.
13558         """
13559         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13560         self._setOORInfo(self)
13561
13562     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
13563         """
13564         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
13565         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13566
13567         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
13568         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
13569         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
13570
13571         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
13572         position, False if something was already there.
13573
13574         """
13575         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
13576
13577     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
13578         """
13579         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13580
13581         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
13582         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
13583         something was already there.
13584         """
13585         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
13586
13587     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13588         """
13589         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
13590
13591         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
13592         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
13593         """
13594         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13595
13596     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13597         """
13598         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
13599
13600         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13601         """
13602         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13603
13604     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13605         """
13606         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13607
13608         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13609         """
13610         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13611
13612     def GetItemPosition(*args):
13613         """
13614         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13615
13616         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13617         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13618         index of an item.
13619         """
13620         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13621
13622     def SetItemPosition(*args):
13623         """
13624         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13625
13626         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13627         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13628         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
13629         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13630
13631         """
13632         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13633
13634     def GetItemSpan(*args):
13635         """
13636         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13637
13638         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13639         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13640         zero-based index of an item.
13641         """
13642         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13643
13644     def SetItemSpan(*args):
13645         """
13646         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13647
13648         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13649         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13650         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
13651         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13652         """
13653         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13654
13655     def FindItem(*args):
13656         """
13657         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13658
13659         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13660         not found. (non-recursive)
13661         """
13662         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13663
13664     def GetItem(self, item):
13665         gbsi = None
13666         si = wx.FlexGridSizer.GetItem(self, item)
13667         if not si:
13668             return None
13669         if type(item) is not int:
13670             gbsi = self.FindItem(item)
13671         if gbsi: return gbsi
13672         return si
13673
13674     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13675         """
13676         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13677
13678         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13679         item at that position. (non-recursive)
13680         """
13681         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13682
13683     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13684         """
13685         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13686
13687         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13688         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13689         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13690         layout. (non-recursive)
13691         """
13692         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13693
13694     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13695         """
13696         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13697
13698         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13699         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13700         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13701         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13702         position of.
13703
13704         """
13705         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13706
13707     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13708         """
13709         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13710
13711         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13712         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13713         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13714         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13715         position of.
13716         """
13717         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13718
13719 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13720
13721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13722
13723 Left = _core_.Left
13724 Top = _core_.Top
13725 Right = _core_.Right
13726 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13727 Width = _core_.Width
13728 Height = _core_.Height
13729 Centre = _core_.Centre
13730 Center = _core_.Center
13731 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13732 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13733 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13734 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13735 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13736 Above = _core_.Above
13737 Below = _core_.Below
13738 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13739 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13740 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13741 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13742 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13743     """
13744     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13745     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13746     You will never need to create an instance of
13747     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13748     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13749     that it contains.
13750     """
13751     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13752     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13753     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13754     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13755         """
13756         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13757
13758         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13759         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13760         """
13761         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13762
13763     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13764         """
13765         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13766
13767         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13768         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13769         other window.
13770         """
13771         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13772
13773     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13774         """
13775         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13776
13777         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13778         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13779         other window.
13780         """
13781         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13782
13783     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13784         """
13785         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13786
13787         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13788         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13789         window.
13790         """
13791         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13792
13793     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13794         """
13795         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13796
13797         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13798         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13799         window.
13800         """
13801         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13802
13803     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13804         """
13805         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13806
13807         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13808         given window, with an optional margin.
13809         """
13810         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13811
13812     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13813         """
13814         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13815
13816         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13817         window, with an optional margin.
13818         """
13819         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13820
13821     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13822         """
13823         Absolute(self, int val)
13824
13825         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13826         """
13827         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13828
13829     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13830         """
13831         Unconstrained(self)
13832
13833         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13834         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13835         """
13836         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13837
13838     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13839         """
13840         AsIs(self)
13841
13842         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13843         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13844         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13845         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13846         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13847         button label.
13848         """
13849         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13850
13851     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13852         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13853         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13854
13855     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13856         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13857         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13858
13859     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13860         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13861         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13862
13863     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13864         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13865         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13866
13867     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13868         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13869         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13870
13871     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13872         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13873         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13874
13875     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13876         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13877         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13878
13879     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13880         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13881         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13882
13883     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13884         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13885         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13886
13887     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13888         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13889         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13890
13891     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13892         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13893         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13894
13895     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13896         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13897         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13898
13899     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13900         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13901         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13902
13903     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13904         """
13905         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13906
13907         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13908         """
13909         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13910
13911     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13912         """
13913         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13914
13915         Try to satisfy constraint
13916         """
13917         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13918
13919     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13920         """
13921         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13922
13923         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13924         is not determinable, -1.
13925         """
13926         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13927
13928     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13929     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13930     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13931     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13932     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13933     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13934     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13935     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13936 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13937
13938 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13939     """
13940     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13941     instead.
13942
13943     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13944     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13945
13946     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13947     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13948     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13949
13950         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13951         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13952         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13953         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13954         * width: represents the width of the window
13955         * height: represents the height of the window
13956         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13957         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13958
13959     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13960     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13961     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13962     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13963     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13964     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13965     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13966
13967     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13968
13969     """
13970     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13971     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13972     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13973     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13974     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13975     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13976     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13977     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13978     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13979     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13980     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13981         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13982         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13983     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13984     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13985     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13986         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13987         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13988
13989     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13990         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13991         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13992
13993 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13994
13995 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13996
13997 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13998 try:
13999     True
14000 except NameError:
14001     __builtins__.True = 1==1
14002     __builtins__.False = 1==0
14003     def bool(value): return not not value
14004     __builtins__.bool = bool
14005
14006
14007
14008 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
14009 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
14010 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
14011 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
14012
14013
14014 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14015 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
14016 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
14017
14018 from __version__ import *
14019 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
14020
14021 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14022 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14023 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
14024     import warnings
14025     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
14026
14027
14028 def version():
14029     """Returns a string containing version and port info"""
14030     ctype = wx.USE_UNICODE and 'unicode' or 'ansi'
14031     if wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__':
14032         port = 'msw'
14033     elif wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__':
14034         port = 'mac'
14035     elif wx.Platform == '__WXGTK__':
14036         port = 'gtk'
14037         if 'gtk2' in wx.PlatformInfo:
14038             port = 'gtk2'
14039     else:
14040         port = '?'
14041
14042     return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx.VERSION_STRING, port, ctype)
14043
14044
14045 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14046
14047 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
14048 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
14049 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
14050 # encoding we need to use as well.)
14051 #
14052 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
14053 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
14054 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
14055 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
14056 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
14057 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
14058
14059 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14060 if default == 'ascii':
14061     import locale
14062     import codecs
14063     try:
14064         if hasattr(locale, 'getpreferredencoding'):
14065             default = locale.getpreferredencoding()
14066         else:
14067             default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
14068         codecs.lookup(default)
14069     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
14070         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14071     del locale
14072     del codecs
14073 if default:
14074     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
14075 del default
14076
14077 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14078
14079 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
14080     pass
14081
14082 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
14083     """
14084     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
14085     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
14086     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
14087     """
14088     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
14089     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
14090
14091     def __repr__(self):
14092         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14093             self._name = "[unknown]"
14094         return self.reprStr % self._name
14095
14096     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14097         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14098             self._name = "[unknown]"
14099         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
14100
14101     def __nonzero__(self):
14102         return 0
14103
14104
14105
14106 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
14107     pass
14108
14109 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
14110     """
14111     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
14112     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
14113     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
14114     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
14115     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
14116     is ready.
14117     """
14118
14119     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
14120     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
14121
14122     def __repr__(self):
14123         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14124         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14125         return self.reprStr #% self._name
14126
14127     def __getattr__(self, *args):
14128         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14129         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
14130         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
14131
14132     def __nonzero__(self):
14133         return 0
14134
14135
14136 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14137
14138 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
14139     """
14140     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
14141     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
14142     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
14143     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
14144
14145     :see: `wx.CallLater`
14146     """
14147     app = wx.GetApp()
14148     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
14149
14150     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
14151         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
14152         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
14153                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
14154     evt = wx.PyEvent()
14155     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
14156     evt.callable = callable
14157     evt.args = args
14158     evt.kw = kw
14159     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
14160
14161 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14162
14163
14164 class CallLater:
14165     """
14166     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
14167     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
14168     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
14169     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
14170
14171     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
14172     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
14173     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
14174     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
14175     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
14176     object.
14177
14178     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
14179     """
14180     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
14181         self.millis = millis
14182         self.callable = callable
14183         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14184         self.runCount = 0
14185         self.running = False
14186         self.hasRun = False
14187         self.result = None
14188         self.timer = None
14189         self.Start()
14190
14191     def __del__(self):
14192         self.Stop()
14193
14194
14195     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
14196         """
14197         (Re)start the timer
14198         """
14199         self.hasRun = False
14200         if millis is not None:
14201             self.millis = millis
14202         if args or kwargs:
14203             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14204         self.Stop()
14205         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
14206         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
14207         self.running = True
14208     Restart = Start
14209
14210
14211     def Stop(self):
14212         """
14213         Stop and destroy the timer.
14214         """
14215         if self.timer is not None:
14216             self.timer.Stop()
14217             self.timer = None
14218
14219
14220     def GetInterval(self):
14221         if self.timer is not None:
14222             return self.timer.GetInterval()
14223         else:
14224             return 0
14225
14226
14227     def IsRunning(self):
14228         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
14229
14230
14231     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
14232         """
14233         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
14234         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
14235         new call to the same callable object but with different
14236         parameters.
14237         """
14238         self.args = args
14239         self.kwargs = kwargs
14240
14241
14242     def HasRun(self):
14243         return self.hasRun
14244
14245     def GetResult(self):
14246         return self.result
14247
14248     def Notify(self):
14249         """
14250         The timer has expired so call the callable.
14251         """
14252         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
14253             self.runCount += 1
14254             self.running = False
14255             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
14256         self.hasRun = True
14257         if not self.running:
14258             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
14259             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
14260
14261     Interval = property(GetInterval)
14262     Result = property(GetResult)
14263
14264
14265 class FutureCall(CallLater):
14266     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
14267
14268 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14269 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
14270 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
14271 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
14272 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
14273 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
14274 # where they should be used.
14275
14276 class __DocFilter:
14277     """
14278     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
14279     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
14280     """
14281     def __init__(self, globals):
14282         self._globals = globals
14283
14284     def __call__(self, name):
14285         import types
14286         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
14287
14288         # only document classes and function
14289         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
14290             return False
14291
14292         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
14293         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
14294             return False
14295
14296         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
14297         if name.find('_') != -1:
14298             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
14299             methname = name.split('_')[1]
14300             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
14301                 return False
14302
14303         return True
14304
14305 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14306 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14307
14308 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
14309 # "core" wx namespace
14310 from _gdi import *
14311 from _windows import *
14312 from _controls import *
14313 from _misc import *
14314
14315 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14316 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14317
14318
14319